EPA-600/2-77-186b
November 1977
Environmental Protection Technology Series
            EVALUATION OF LEACHATE TREATMENT
                            Volume  II: Biological and
                      Physical-Chemical  Processes
                                 Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
                                      Office of Research and Development
                                     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                             Cincinnati, Ohio 45268

-------
                 RESEARCH  REPORTING SERIES

 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
 gories were established to facilitate further development and  application of en-
 vironmental technology. Elimination  of traditional grouping  was consciously
 planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
 The nine series are:

       1.  Environmental Health Effects Research
      2.  Environmental Protection Technology
      3.  Ecological Research
      4.  Environmental Monitoring
      5.  Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
      6.  Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
      7.  Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development
      8.  "Special" Reports
      9.  Miscellaneous Reports

 This report has been assigned  to the ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION TECH-
 NOLOGY series. This series describes research performed to develop and dem-
 onstrate instrumentation, equipment,  and methodology to repair or prevent en-
 vironmental degradation from point and non-point sources of pollution. This work
 provides the new or improved technology required for the control and treatment
 of pollution sources to meet environmental quality standards.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                      EPA-600/2-77-186b
                                      November  1977
     EVALUATION OF LEACHATE TREATMENT

                 Volume II

Biological  and Physical-Chemical  Processes
                    by

            Edward S. K. Chian
             Foppe B. DeWalle
         Environmental Engineering
      Department of Civil Engineering
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
          Urbana, Illinois  61801
          Contract No. 68-03-0162
             Project Officers

               Dirk Brunner
             James A. Heidman
             Richard A. Carnes
Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Division
Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
          Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
MUNICIPAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
    OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
   U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER
This report has been reviewed by the Municipal Environmental Research
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved for publica-
tion.  Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the
views and policies of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use.
                                    11

-------
                                 FOREWORD

     The Environmental  Protection Agency was  created  because  of  increasing
public and government concern about the dangers of pollution  to  the  health
and welfare of the American people.  Noxious  air,  foul  water, and spoiled
land are tragic testimony to the deterioration of  our natural environment.
The complexity of that environment and the interplay  between  its components
require a concentrated and integrated attack on the problem.
     Research and development is that necessary first step in problem solu-
tion and it involves defining the problem, measuring  its impact, and
searching for solutions.  The Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory
develops new and improved technology and systems for the prevention, treat-
ment, and management of wastewater and solid and hazardous waste pollutant
discharges from municipal and community sources, for the preservation and
treatment of public drinking water supplies, and to minimize the adverse
economic, social, health, and aesthetic effects of pollution.  This publi-
cation  is one of the products of that research; a most vital  communications
link  between the researcher  and the user community.
      This study involved  extensive analysis  of  different organics and in-
organics  present in  leachate samples  from  landfills  located  in different
regions of the United  States,  These  analysis were then used to  predict the
effectiveness  of different  biological  and  physical chemical  treatment methods
for contaminant removal.

                                      Francis T. Mayo,  Director
                                      Municipal  Environmental
                                      Research Laboratory
                                      m

-------
                                   ABSTRACT

 The efficiencies of three different types  of biological  treatment  units
 in removing organic matter from solid waste leachate  were  extensively
 evaluated.   The units studied were the anaerobic  filter, the aerated
 lagoon, and an activated sludge unit treating combined leachate and
 municipal  sewage.   The effectiveness of physical-chemical  treatment
 steps in further removing organic  matter from the biological unit
 effluents was  also  examined.

 A  completely mixed  anaerobic  filter,  in  which  the influent is diluted
 with  recirculated effluent, was  studied  for  a  52-day  period and found
 to effectively remove organic  matter  concentrations in high-strength,
 solid waste leachate  over a range  of  organic  loadings and shockloads.
 Recirculation  increases  the acidic  pH of the  feed, eliminating the need
 to add  the costly buffer solutions  required  in plugflow anaerobic
 filters.  Ninety-nine  percent  of the  COD removed  in the unit was accounted
 for in  the methane  produced.   This  valuable energy source can be used
 for combustion  to heat the unit.  A microbial  solids balance indicated
 that  only 0.012 grams  of VSS was produced per  gram of COD removed.
 Because of the  low  solids production and initial  seeding of the unit with
 digested sludges, it was  not necessary to add  nutrients.   Although  a
 possible heavy metal  toxicity  was observed, it was eliminated by adding
 sulfide.  A high organic  matter removal percentage was observed at
 hydraulic detention times  greater than 7 days, but the percentage was
 considerably lower  at  shorter  detention times.  Increases in organic
 loading had a  substantial  effect on the relative organic matter composition
 of  the effluent.  Testing  of a fixed film biological  reactor model  showed
 that  the substrate  removal rate is primarily affected by substrate  concen-
 tration, specific surface  area, flow rate,  and temperature  of the unit.

 Evaluation of various  physical-chemical treatment  methods such  as
 chemical precipitation,  activated carbon adsorption,  and  chemical
oxidation showed that  these methods were not very  effective in  removing
 organic matter from high  strength leachate.  Although  free  volatile

                                     iv

-------
fatty acids, present in large quantities  in  leachate,  have a relatively
low activated carbon adsorption capacity,  even  lower capacities were
noted for the non-fatty acid fraction  using  batch  isotherms.  Although
relatively high organic matter removals were obtained  using activated
carbon columns, rapid breakthrough occurred  after  passage of the  initial
bed volume of effluent.  Activated carbon  treatment of the high strengh
leachate was found to be unfeasible because  of  rapid headless buildup
resulting from the formation of iron precipitates  in the  carbon column.
These solids are difficult to remove in  subsequent backwash operations.
The organic matter removal rate achieved  using  lime precipitation was
as low as 26% and was realized only at very  high dosages.

Substantially higher adsorptive capacities were observed  for biologically
pretreated leachate.  Removal of biodegradable  organics with an anaerobic
filter increased the adsorption capacity by  50%, while aerated  lagoon
treatment of the anaerobic filter effluent resulted in an adsorptive
capacity 2.5 times higher than that of untreated leachate.   Membrane
fractionation of the anaerobic filter effluent followed by activated
carbon column treatment of each fraction produced relatively  low  removal
rates for both the high-molecular-weight organics collected in  the
18,000 MW UF retentate and the low-molecular-weight organics  present in
the 150 MW RO permeate.  The highest removals were observed for the
intermediate-molecular-weight fulvie-like organics which were  also
characterized by a high aromatic hydroxyl group content.    Aerated
lagoon treatment of the anaerobic filter effluent resulted in  organic
matter removals as high as 79% using activated carbon columns.   This
increased removal rate was shown to result  from the higher adsorption
characteristics of the low molecular weight organics  present in the 150
MW RO permeate.  Anaerobic filter treatment of the leachate resulted in
lower organic matter removal rates  than were obtained with untreated
leachate.  Aerated  lagoon treatment of the  anaerobic  filter effluent
resulted  in  a  slightly higher  TOC removal of efficiency.   Both removal
rates, however, were obtained  only  at very  high lime  dosages,  precluding
the  use of  this treatment method  as a feasible alternative to activated
carbon.   It  was therefore concluded that  physical-chemical treatment

-------
 methods are only effective after extensive biological  pretreatment   Of
 all physical-chemical methods tested, activated carbon treatment was
 the most effective in removing organic matter.

 Studies of the biological  aerated lagoon or extended aeration  process were
 conducted in six completely mixed reactors with no  recycle  fed with
 undiluted leachate and maintained at  detention  times of 85.7,  60,  30, 15,
 and 7 days.   These units were operated for periods  from 70  to  150  days
 The resulting average TOC  removal  efficiencies  varied  between  99%  and '
 96.8% at organic loadings  ranging from 0.224 kg/m3.day (14  Ib  TOC/1000
 cu ft-day)  to 1.65 kg/m3.day (105 Ibs  TOC/1000  cu ffday).  The  phosphate
 requirements of the aerobic biomass were extensively evaluated   The
 30 day aerated lagoon did  not show any deterioration when the COD:P
 ratio in the influent was  increased from 165:1  to 300:1.  A significant
 increase in  effluent TOC values was observed, however, when the  ratio
 was increased to 800:1.  Such low ratios  did  not affect  the 60 day and
 the 87.5 day units,  which  were able to  function at a ratio as high as
 1540:1;  the  sludge settling characteristics,  however,  deteriorated
 substantially at this ratio.  Cessation  of  nutrient addition to  the
 units  having relatively low detention  times caused an  immediate  increase
 in  effluent  organic  matter concentrations and a decrease in MLVSS.
 Calculations  using  the effluent data and MLVSS values obtained under
 optimum  conditions  indicated  that  the bacteria yield was 0.42 mg VSS/
 mg  COD,  the  respiration rate  content was 0.025 day'1, and the overall
 first-order  substrate removal rate constant was 4.9-10'4 liter/mg VSS-day.
 All  units showed  high heavy metal  removal rates, especially for iron
 ( 99.9%), while  low  rates were observed for calcium (99.3%) and magnesium
 (75.9%).  The  lowest  removal rates were obtained with sodium (24.1%)  and
 potassium (17.0%).

 The  settling characteristics of the sludge from the  aerated lagoons were
 found to be comparable to those of lime softening sludge and primary
 sludge, which have higher settling rates than observed  for secondary
 sludge.  The interface settling rates  generally decreased during  condi-
tions of nutrient limitations.  The dewatering characteristics  of the
sludge were greatly improved by adding cationic polymers and inorganic
                                    vi

-------
coagulants.  An increase of approximately 20 times in specific  resistance
was obtained at a polymer dosage of 1.5% (Nalco 73C32) and 2.3% (Primafloc  Cy)
and at coagulant dosages of 14.8% (FeCl3-6H20) and 23.7% (Ca[OH]2).   These
increases generally corresponded to increases of 6 times in vacuum filler
yields.  Analysis of the effluent of the 30 day aerated lagoon  showed
that 97.6% of the organics had molecular weights greater than 100, with 33%
in the range from 100 to 500, 41% in the range from 500 to 5000, 20% in
the range from 5000 to 50,000 and 4% greater than 50,000, indicating
that these organics are amenable to reverse osmosis and activated carbon
treatment but not to chemical precipitation.

It was also found that physical-chemical treatment methods are not
effective  in removing large quantities of organics from the leachate
and that biological pretreatment is required.  Several physical-chemical
methods were therefore tested using the aerated lagoon effluents.  While
ozonation  removed only 48% of the lagoon effluent TOC after a 3 hour
treatment  period, activated carbon columns were able  to remove 86% of the
organic matter using an empty bed detention  time of 3.7 minutes.  A
maximum initial  COD removal of  53% was realized with  a weak base anion
exchange resin,  while 82% and 85% of the COD was removed  using strong
base anion exchange resins.  Membrane reverse  osmosis was  the only
process capable  of removing 91  to 96% of the salts initially present at
a  IDS  concentration of 6200 mg/1.  The organic matter removal  rates using
 reverse osmosis  ranged from 86% to 97%.  These rates  were not  enhanced
by ion exchange  or activated carbon pretreatment.  Removal of  suspended
 solids by  sand  filtration or chemical precipitation  is  likely  required
 for reverse osmosis, activated  carbon, or  anion  exchange  resin  treatment
 of the aerated  lagoon  effluent.

The combined treatment of leachate and municipal  sludge was evaluated
 in a  conventional  plugflow activated sludge  unit.  It was found  that the
 test  unit  could  effectively  treat  the high strength  leachate.   Directly
 after the  addition of  leachate  the effluent BOD  and  COD  concentration
 deteriorated somewhat,  but after sufficient adaptations  the effluent
 qualities  were generally comparable to  that of the control units.   While
 BOD values were not  greatly  affected, COD  concentrations  showed  a  gradual
                                      vii

-------
increase as more leachate was added.   The test unit was  not able to  treat
the high strength leachate at 4% of the municipal  sewage flow rate,
as evidenced by high effluent BOD values and deteriorating sludge condi-
tions.  This failure was attributed to limiting phosphate concentrations
in the influent and the relative composition of the soluble high molecular
weight organics which tend to affect  the flocculation  of the sludge.

This report was submitted in fulfillment of Contract No.  68-03-0162  by
the University of Illinois under the  sponsorship of the  U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency.   This report covers the period  June 30, 1972  to
November 30, 1974,  and work was completed as of September 1976.
                                  vm

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
      Abstract                                                       iv
      List of Figures                                               xii
      List of Tables       '                                       xviii
      Acknowledgments                                                xx
      Recomnendations for Further Research                            1

  I.  Treatment of a High Strength Solid Waste Leachate with
      a Completely Mixed Anaerobic Filter
           Conclusions                                                2
           Introduction                                               4
           Observed substrate removal  in fixed film reactors          7
           Simulation of substrate removal in biofilms               10
           Materials and methods                                     15
           Results and discussion                                    18
              Start-up of the anaerobic filter                       18
              Recirculation ratio                                    21
              Shockloading                                           23
              Gas production                                         28
              Heavy metal toxicity                                   28
              Nutrient requirements                                  32
              Factors affecting effluent organic matter              34
              Effect of removal rate on organic matter               35
              Organic matter composition                             39
              Sludge production                                      44
              Effect of pH on gas production                         46
              Gas composition                                        49
              Effluent buffer capacity                               51
              Kinetics of substrate removal                           51
              Specific surface area                                  55
              Temperature                                            57
              Mass transfer                                          57
           References                                                58
 II.  Physical-Chemical Treatment of Leachate and Anaerobic
      Filter Effluent
           Conclusions                                               62
           Introduction                                              64
           Materials and methods                                     67
           Results and discussion                                    69
           References                                                97
III.  Treatment of a High Strength Solid Waste Leachate with
      the Aerated Lagoon
           Conclusions                                               98
           Introduction                                              99
           Aerobic biological treatment of leachate                 101
           Kinetic considerations in aerobic biological  treatment    103
                                   IX

-------
          Materials  and methods                                    107
             Lysimeter and  solid waste  leachate                    107
             Aerated lagoon                                       107
             Sludge  settling  and dewatering methods                112
             Analytical procedures                                 115
          Results  and discussion                                   117
             Aerated lagoon treatment of  leachate                  117
             Sludge  settling  and dewatering characteristics        132
             Effluent organic matter characteristics               137
          References                                              146
IV.   Physical-Chemical Treatment of Leachate  and Aerated
     Lagoon Effluent
          Conclusions                                             147
          Introduction                                             148
          Physical-chemical treatment of  leachate and
          biological effluents                                    149
             Removal of organics by ozone                         151
             Removal of organics by activated carbon               153
             Removal of organics by anion exchange resins          154
             Removal of organics by reverse osmosis                156
          Materials  and methods                                    157
          Results  and discussion                                   163
             Removal of organics in leachate  by reverse osmosis    163
             Organic removal  in aerated lagoon effluent by
               ozonation                                           165
             Organic removal  in aerated lagoon effluent by
               activated  carbon                                    168
             Organic removal  in aerated lagoon effluent by
               ion exchange                                       168
             Organic removal  in aerated lagoon effluent by
               reverse osmosis                                    179
          References                                              185
 V.   Combined Treatment of Leachate and Municipal Sewage  in
     an Activated  Sludge  Unit
          Conclusions                                              "87
          Introduction                                             188
          Activated sludge processes                               189
          Combined treatment  of high  strength waste  and
          municipal  sewage                                        192
          Materials  and methods                                    197
          Results  and discussion                                   206
             Sewage analysis                                       206
             Hydraulic  flow regimen of the aeration  unit           206
             Evaluation  of leachate additions to  the
               activated  sludge unit                               209
             Evaluation  of leachate sludge additions to the
               anaerobic  digester                                  226
          References                                              231

-------
VI.  Estimated Costs for Leachate Treatment
          Conclusions                                              233
          Introduction                                             234
          Methods and procedures                                   236
             Activated sludge                                      236
             Aerated lagoon                                        237
             Anaerobic filter                                      238
             Slow sand filtration                                  239
             Activated carbon                                      239
             Reverse osmosis                                       240
          Results and discussion                                   241
          References                                               244
                                 XI

-------
                            LIST OF FIGURES

Number

1.   The Completely Mixed Anaerobic Filter                        16

2.   The Startup of the Anaerobic Filter                          20

3.   Determination of the Minimum Required Recirculation Ratio    22

4.   Stability of the Anaerobic System Under Different Shockloads 24

5.   Effluent Quality During Phase II as Measured by COD, Fatty
     Acids and Gas Production                                     25

6.   Effluent Quality During Phase II as Measured by Carbo-
     hydrates, Aromatic Hydroxyls, Color, ORP, Conductivity
     and Inorganic Carbon                                         26

7.   Effluent Quality During Phase II as Measured by Heavy
     Metals, Suspended Solids, Phosphorus, pH and Alkalinity      27

8.   Effect of Increasing Hydraulic Loadings on Percentage
     Removal of Different Heavy Metals                            31

9.   Effect of Increasing Hydraulic Loadings on the Metal
     Concentrations in the Sludge Collected from the Bottom
     of the Anaerobic Filter                                      33

10.  Effluent Quality During Phase III as Measured by COD, Fatty
     Acids, Gas Production, Carbohydrates, Aromatic Hydroxyls
     and Alkalinity                                               37

11.  Effluent Quality During Phase III as Measured by Conduc-
     tivity, pH, Alkalinity, Inorganic Carbon and Phosphorus      38

12.  Percentage Organic Matter Removal at Different Hydraulic
     Detention Times                                              40

13.  Dilute-Out Curves for Color, Total Phosphorus and
     Suspended Solids                                             41

14.  Effect of Rate of Substrate Removal on Relative Organic
     Matter Composition of the Effluent                           42

15.  Effect of Effluent pH on Corresponding Rate of Gas
     Production                                                   47

16.  Effect of Effluent pH on Corresponding Relative Rate of
     Gas Production as Observed by Several Investigators          48
                                  xn

-------
 Number                                                           Paqe

 17.  Effect of Rate of Substrate Removal  on Gas Composition       50

 18.  Relation Between pH of Inflection Point and Fatty Acid
      Concentration                                                52

 19.  Effect of Substrate Removal  Rate on  Effluent Concentration
      as Measured in Different Studies Using Various Wastes         53

 20.  Effect of Specific Surface Area, on Substrate Removal
      Coefficient                                                  56

 21.  Activated Carbon Adsorption  Isotherms  with Different
      Leachate Samples                                             70

 22.  Activated Carbon Adsorption  Isotherms  with a Diluted
      Leachate Sample and a  Fatty  Acid Mixture                     71

 23.  Activated Carbon Adsorption  Isotherms  with Fatty  Acid
      Mixture                                                      73

 24.  Breakthrough  of Effluent TOC in  Diluted Leachate  and Acid
      Mixture Passed Through Activated Carbon Columns               75

 25.   Headless Build-up During Passage of  Diluted  Leachate and
      Pretreated  Anaerobic Filter  Effluent Through Activated
      Carbon  Columns                                               77

 26.   Removal  of  Accumulated Iron  and  Organic Matter During
      Backwashing of the  Activated Carbon  Column                    79

 27.   Activated Carbon  Adsorptive  Capacities  of  Leachate After
      Biological  Pretreatment  with the Anaerobic  Filter and the
      Anaerobic Filter  Followed  by Aerated Lagoon                   81

 28.   Ratio of Absorbance to COD and Ratio of COD  to TOC at
      Decreasing  COD Concentrations, Corresponding  to Increasing
      Activated Carbon  Dosages Added to Anaerobic  Filter
      Effluent                                                     33

 29.   Ratio of Aromatic Hydroxyls  to COD and  Ratio  of Carbo-
      hydrates to COD at Decreasing COD Concentrations,
      corresponding  to  Increasing  Activated Carbon  Dosages
      Added to the Anaerobic Filter Effluent                        84

30.   Changes  of  Different Parameters  in the  Filtered Mixed
      Liquor Occurring During Aeration of Anaerobic  Filter
      Effluent                                                     37


31.   Changes of Different Parameters  in the  Filtered Mixed
      Liquor Occurring During Aeration of Anaerobic Filter Effluent  88

                                  xiii

-------
 Number                                                           Page

 32.  Sephadex  Eluate of the Organic Matter in the Anaerobic
     Filter Effluent Before and After Aeration                    90

 33.  Breakthrough of COD, Color and Turbidity in Activated
     Carbon Effluent During Passage of A) Unfractionated
     Anaerobic Filter Effluent B) 18,000 MW UF Retentate of A
     C) UF Permeate and RO Retentate of A D) UF and RO
     Permeate  of A.                                               92

 34.  Breakthrough of COD, Color, Turbidity in Activated Carbon
     Effluent  During Passage of A) Unfractionated Aerated
     Anaerobic Filter Effluent B) 18,000 MW UF Retentate of A
     C) UF Permeate and RO Retentate of A D) UF and RO
     Permeate  of A.                                               93

 35.  Effect of Lime Precipitation Treatment of Anaerobic Filter
     Effluent  on Different Parameters Measured in the
     Supernatant                                                  95

 36.  Effect of Lime Precipitation Treatment of Aerated Anaerobic
     Filter Effluent as Different Parameters Measured in the
     Supernatant                                                  96

 37.  Mixed Liquor Volatile Suspended Solids Concentration in
     Aerated Lagoons 1, 2 and 3 Treating Leachate                118

 38.  Total Organic Carbon in Effluent of Aerated Lagoons
     1, 2 and 3 Treating Leachate                                119

 39.  Effect of Reduction of Daily Phosphate on Total-P and
     COD/TOC Ratio in Effluent of Aerated Lagoons 1, 2 and
     3 Treating Leachate                                         120

 40.  Mixed Liquor Volatile Suspended Solids Concentration in
     Aerated Lagoons 4, 5 and 6 Treating Leachate                122

 41.  Total Organic Carbon and COD/TOC Ratio in Effluent of
     Aerated Lagoons 4, 5 and 6 Treating Leachate                123

 42.  The Calculation of Substrate Removal Rate Constant Based
     on TOC Data                                                 128

 43.  The Calculation of Substrate Removal Rate Constant Based
     on COD Data                                                 129

44.  The Calculation of Growth-Yield and Microorganism-Decay
     Coefficients Based on TOC Data                               130

45.  The Calculation of Growth-Yield and Microorganism-Decay
     Coefficients Based on COD Data                               131

                                 xiv

-------
Number                                                           Page

46.  Comparison of Settling Velocities of Sludges from Aerated
     Lagoons Treating Leachate with Other Sludges                133

47.  Effect of Omission  of Nutrient Addition  of  Settling
     Velocities of Sludges from Extended  Aeration Units 4,
     5 and 6 Treating Leachate                                   134

48.  Effect of Chemical  Doses on Specific Resistance of
     Sludge from Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate              135

49.  Effect of Chemical  Doses on Filter Yield of Slduge from
     Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate                          139

50.  Elution Profile of the NS-100 Membrane Retentate on  a
     G-75 Sephadex Column as Characterized by Total Organic
     Carbon                                                      140

51.  Elution Profile of the NS-100 Membrane Retentate on  a
     G-25 Sephadex Column as Characterized by Total Organic
     Carbon                                                      141

52.  Visible Spectrum of Effluent from Aerated Lagoon Unit
     4 Treating Leachate                                         143

53.  Ultraviolet Spectrum of Effluent from Aerated Lagoon
     Unit 4 Treating Leachate                                    144

54.  Absorbance at 400 NM of a Serial Dilution of Effluent
     From Aerated Lagoon Unit 4 Treating Leachate                145

55.  TOC Decrease of Ozonated Effluent from Aerated Lagoon
     3 Treating Leachate                                         166

56.  Results of Aerobic Biological Polish of Ozonated Effluent
     from Aerated Lagoon 3 Treating Leachate                     169

57.  Activated Carbon Breakthrough Curve for Effluent from
     Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate, at a Flowrate of
     1.76 cm/min                                                 170

58.  Activated Carbon Breakthrough Curve for Effluent from
     Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate, at a Flowrate of
     0.35 cm/min                                                 171

59.  Duolite A-7 Breakthrough Curve for Effluent from Aerated
     Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate, at a Flowrate of 1.76 cm/min    172

60.  Duolite A-7 Breakthrough Curve for Acidified Effluent
     from Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate at  a Flowrate of
     1.76 cm/min                                                 173

                                   xv

-------
Number                                                           Pa9e

61.   Duolite A-7 Breakthrough Curve for Acidified Effluent
     from Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate, at a Flowrate
     of 0.35 cm/min                                              176

62.   Amberlite IRA-938 Breakthrough Curve for Effluent from
     Aerated Lagoons 4 Treating Leachate at a flowrate of
     0.35 cm/min                                                 177

63.   Amberlite XE-279HP Breakthrough Curve for Effluent from
     Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating Leachate at a Flowrate of
     0.35 cm/min                                                 178

64.   Activated Carbon Breakthrough Curve for RO NS-100 Membrane
     Permeate from Effluent of Aerated Lagoon 4 Treating
     Leachate at a flowrate of 0.35 cm/min                       183

65.   Sanitary Landfill  Leachate Treatment Schematic Diagram      184

66.   The Hydraulic Flow System of the Plugflow Activated-
     Sludge Pilot Plant                                          198

67.   Airflow System for the Activated-Sludge Pilot Plant         199

68.   Leachate Feeding and Automatic Sampling Systems             201

69.   Electrical Systems for the Activated-Sludge Units           202

70.   Schematic of the Anaerobic Digesters                        203

71.   The Distribution of BODs Concentration in the Daily
     Composite Sewage Samples                                    207

72.   The Flow Pattern of the Designed Aeration Tank              208

73.   Influent and Effluent COD and BOD Concentration of the
     Control and Test Unit Receiving 0.5 Percent by Volume
     of Leachate                                                 211

74.   The Effect of 1% Leachate Addition on Effluent Quality
     of the Activated-Sludge Process                             213

75.   The Effect of 2% Leachate Addition on Effluent Quality
     of the Activated-Sludge Process                             214

76.   The Effect of 3% Leachate Addition on Effluent Quality
     of the Activated-Sludge Process                             215

77.   The Effect of 4% Leachate Addition on Effluent Quality
     of the Activated-Sludge Process                             216
                                 xvi

-------
Number                                                           Page

78.  The Effect of Leachate Additions on the Concentrations
     of P04-3-P and N(Kj) in the Effluent of the test Unit       217

79.  The Effect of Increased Leachate Additions on the
     Influent BOD/P Ratio and the Effluent COD and 8005
     Concentration of the Test Unit                              219

80.  Effluent Quality During 2% Leachate Addition at the
     0.6 F/M Ratio                                               220

81.  Effluent Quality During 2% Leachate Addition at the
     1.0 F/M Ratio                                                221

82.  The Effect of Leachate Addition on the Sludge Settling
     Characteristics                                             222

83.  Elution Profile of the 500 MW UF Retentate of the Control
     Unit on a G75 Sephadex Column as Characterized by TOC,
     Carbohydrates and Carbonyl Groups                           224

84.  Elution Profile of the 500 MW UF Retentate of the Test
     Unit Receiving 0.5% Leachate on a G-75 Sephadex Column
     as Characterized by TOC Carbohydrates and Carbonyl Groups   225

85.  Adsorptive Character of the Soluble Organic Matter in the
     Effluent of the Test and the Control Unit Both Operated
     at F/M Ratio's of 0.3 and 0.6                               227

86.  Daily Gas Production from the Control- and Test Anaerobic
     Digester Treating Waste-Activated Sludge                    228
                                 xvi i

-------
                             LIST OF TABLES
 Number                                                           Page
 1     Different Phases and Experimental  Conditions  During  the
      Anaerobic Filter Study                                       19
 2     Measured Adsorptive Capacities for Leachate and  Biologically
      Pretreated Leachate Using Adsorption  Isotherms                86
 3     Physical Characteristics  of Solid  Waste  Placed in  the
      Lysimeter Used for Leachate Generation                       108
 4     Analysis of Leachate Collected from Solid  Waste  Lysimeter    109
 5     Operating Parameters of the Aerated Lagoons                 111
 6     Concentration  of Heavy Metals  in Effluent  of  Aerated
      Lagoons                                                      125
 7     Characteristics  of Effluent from Aerated Lagoons with
      Sufficient Nutrient Addition                                126
 8     Kinetic  Constants  of Aerated Lagoon Treatment of Leachate
      with  Sufficient  Nutrient  Addition                            127
 9     Results  of Buchner-Funner Test  Using  Mixed  Liquor  From
      The Aerated  Lagoon  4                                        136
 10    Results  of Filter-Leaf Test Using  Mixed Liquor From The
      Aerated  Lagoon 4                                             138
 11    Characteristics of  Ion Exchange Resins Used to Treat the
      Aerated  Lagoon Effluent                                     159
 12    Treatment of Leachate  by  KP-98 and  NS-100 Membranes at
      50%  Product  Water  Recovery                                  164
 13    Determination of Various  Coefficients for Ozonating Aerated
      Lagoon Effluent of  Unit 3                                    167
 14    Removal  of Organics  by Resins and Activated Carbon           180
 15    Removal  of Organics  and Salts with  the NS-100 Membrane
      from Effluent of the Aerated Lagoon 4, and from Effluent
     of the Activated Carbon and  Ion Exchange Columns             181
 16   Required  Reactor Volume for  Completely Mixed  Reactor as
     Compared with a Plugflow Reactor at Various Removal
     Efficiencies                                                191
1\7.   Composition of Leachate Samples Collected from Eleven
     Different Sources                                           195
                                xviii

-------
Number
                                                                 Page
18   The Amount of Air Supplied to the Laboratory Activated
     Sludge Units as Compared with the Amount Supplied to
     Actual Sewage Treatment Plants                              210

19   Anaerobic Digestion of the Waste-Activated Sludge from
     the Leachate Treatment                                      229

20.   A Summary of Cost Estimates  for Leachate Treatment          242
                                 xix

-------
                           ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The chemical analysis and treatment studies were performed by Richard
L. Davison, Laboratory Chemist, and the Research Assistants J.  T.  Y.
Chu, Y. Chang, G. Velioglu, and F.  M. Saunders.   Invaluable help was
also provided by Laboratory Assistants B.  MacPherson, J.  Hansen,
C. Stroupe, T. Brozozowski, M.  Sweeny, P.  J. Strange, B.  Clar,  G.  S.
M. Yi, J.  Young, J.  Hunsicker,  S.  Schoemaker and D.  Ellis
                                 xx

-------
                   RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  FURTHER  RESEARCH

 Biological methods of high-strength leachate treatment which were not evaluated
 because of budget constraints included the fixed media unit (trickling filter
 and rotating disk), the anaerobic lagoon, and modified soil treatment system
 currently being tested at the University of Illinois.  It is therefore recom-
 mended that these systems be studied,on a laboratory scale before being
 applied at the demonstration level.

 Much research is needed to optimize the design and operation of anaerobic
 filters.  The type of solid media to which the bacteria are attached should
 first be studied in a series of parallel tests using various soft materials
 and shapes.  The substrate removal efficiency over a range of loadings should
 be evaluated and the amount of solids leaving the unit through the effluent
 should be determined.  The second phase should evaluate different feed con-
 figurations, such as conventional plugflow feeding, step feeding, and tapered
 step feeding and the location of the recirculation outflow.  Different filter
 shapes (heights and widths), all having the same volume, should be tested for
 a given volume, since a low but long unit is less expensive than a low but
wide unit, and the amount of substrate removed is likely to be higher in the
 latter unit.  The third phase of the study should focus on operational modes
of the filter, and the effect of different recirculation flowrates and oper-
ating temperatures should be tested in parallel.

An extensive study should be conducted to determine when leachates are suf-
ficiently biologically stabilized to be effectively treated by physical-
chemical methods.  The study should combine an in-depth organic chemical analy-
sis of different leachate samples with a limited treatability study.

Finally, research should be undertaken to evaluate combined physical-chemical
and biological methods, such as biological aerated lagoons to which powdered
carbon is added or activated carbon upflow columns in which a biomass is
maintained.  The application of such treatment methods could enhance the life
and flexibility of leachate treatment units already constructed and in operation.

-------
                                       I
            TREATMENT OF A HIGH  STRENGTH  SOLID  WASTE  LEACHATE WITH
                      A COMPLETELY MIXED  ANAEROBIC  FILTER


                                  CONCLUSIONS

 A completely mixed  anaerobic  filter,  in  which  the  influence organic matter
 concentration is  diluted with recirculated  effluent, was found to effec-
 tively remove organic  matter  concentrations in high  strength municipal
 solid  waste leachate at a range of organic  loadings and shock!oads.
 Recirculation can effectively increase the  acidic  pH of the feed to a
 pH value  close to the  optimum, thus .eliminating the addition of costly
 buffer solutions  as  is required for the  plugflow anaerobic filter.  In
 the anaerobic filter,  complex organics in the feed are hydrolyzed, first
 by acid fermenting  bacteria to free volatile fatty acids, primarily
 acetic-and  butyric  acid,  which in turn are removed by methane fermenting
 bacteria  and  converted  to methane (CH4)  and carbon dioxide (COJ.   The
 methane in  the generated  gas  accounted for 93 percent of the COD removal
 in the unit,  while a solids balance indicated that only 0.012 g VSS was
 produced  per  g  COD removed.   Due to the  low solids production and the
 initial seeding of the  unit was digested sludge no nutrient additions
 were required  during the  518 day period  even though the COD:P and  COD:N
 ratios in the  feed were as high as 4360:1 and 39:1, respectively.
 Although a  possible  heavy metal  toxicity, likely the result of high
 copper concentrations, was observed in the unit, this was eliminated
 after  sulfide addition.

A  high percentage of organic matter removal  was observed  when the  hydraulic
detention time was maintained above 7  days,  but,  showed considerably lower
removal percentages below this detention  time.   Increases in organic loading
had a substantial  effect on the  relative  organic matter composition of the
effluent and the magnitude of the fatty acid fraction showed a  pattern
inverse to that of the nitrogenous organics.  A fixed film  model was formu-

-------
lated which indicated that at high substrate concentration the substrate
removal rate is proportional to the square root of the substrate concen-
tration and the specific area of the filter medium.   A comparison of the
biofilm model and the measured effluent concentrations tended to indicate
that the substrate removal rate is primarily affected by substrate concen-
tration, specific surface area, flow rate and temperature of the unit.

-------
                                INTRODUCTION

 It  has  been recognized that biological removal of organics in high strength
 wastewaters is most economically realized in anaerobic biological systems,
 since these systems do not have the high energy needs associated with
 aeration as required in aerobic biological systems (Metcalf and Eddy,
 1972).  As the cell yield in anaerobic systems is about ten to twenty
 times lower than that in aerobic systems, the costs of sludge disposal
 are greatly reduced.  During anaerobic fermentation the acid-fermenting
 bacteria degrade the complex waste to free volatile fatty acids, primarily
 acetic  and propionic acid, which are subsequently converted by the methane
 fermenting bacteria into methane and carbon dioxide.   The generated gas
 can be  combusted to yield valuable energy.

 A major disadvantage of the anaerobic fermentation is the sensitivity of
 the anaerobic bacteria which are inhibited at acidic pH values.   In addition,
 the acid- and methane-fermenting bacteria can experience heavy metal
 toxicities.  Such inhibitions will  reduce the biological  growth rate and
 result  in their subsequent wash-out.  An ideal process is therefore one
 which is able to retain biological  solids independent of the waste flow
 and maintain sufficient high solids concentration for long periods of time.
 Such an objective is realized by employing a solid media in the unit to
 which bacteria can attach.  Coulter zt at. (1954) for example, employed
 an  anaerobic filter filled with rock media to retain solids from an
 anaerobic digester effluent.   Although the majority of the BOD was removed
 in  the  preceeding digester,  additional removal was observed in the filter.
 Young and McCarty (1967, 1968, 1969) developed the upflow anaerobic filter
 in which the anaerobic bacteria are present in a film attached to a rock
medium  to remove organics in  the waste flowing upward through the column.
Attachment to the medium results in sludge ages of more than 600 days
 (Young and McCarty, 1968, 1969) and 150 days (Plummer 
-------
since 1876 to purify sewage but the organic  removal was mainly thought to
be due to adsorption (Truesdale ut at.,  1961).  The removal of organics in
septic tank effluent by bacteria attached  to soil  particles is based on a
similar principle.

The removal efficiencies of the anaerobic  filter can  be higher than those
obtained with anaerobic digesters operated at the  same volumetric loading.
A comparison of the filter with a digester both maintained at a loading of
1.28 kg COD/m3 day (80 Ib COD/1000 cu  ft day).showed  that the effluent
COD of the anaerobic filter was only one fifth of  that of the digester
effluent (Foree and Reid, 1973).  Tadman (1973) noted that an aerobic
filter produced an effluent concentration  one tenth of that of an anaerobic
digester maintained at the same hydraulic  retention time of 2 days.
Although Chian and DeWalle (1976) showed that the  COD removal in the
filter was slightly less than observed in  aerated  lagoons treating  the
same waste, the color removal and suspended  solids removals,  however, are
comparable.  Moreover, the installation  and  operating costs of the
anaerobic filter are about half of that  of an aerated lagoon  (Pailthorp
et at., 1971).

In a plug flow reactor, the pH decreases initially as a result of the
acid fermentation, and then increases  in the direction of the flow, due
to the biological removal of the generated fatty  acids, formation of
ammonia and reduction of sulfates.  Since  the acidic  pH  in  the bottom
section of the filter can potentially  inhibit the methane fermenting
bacteria, substantial amounts of buffer  solutions are added  to the
influent waste stream to prevent such  pH decrease.  El-Shafie and
Bloodgood (1973), for example, added 8,000 mg/£  NaHC03 to the influent
having a COD of 11,800 mg/l in order to  maintain  a pH above  6.5.  Young
and McCarty (1968, 1969) added NaHC03  at a concentration  of  about half
of the COD content of the waste, whle  Taylor (1972)  added  1,000 mg/£
NaHC03 at an influent concentration of 8,800 mg/l COD.

-------
A completely mixed anaerobic filter would not experience the pH decrease
observed in plug flow units, since the mixing maintains a fairly uniform
pH throughout the depth of the filter.  This in turn would eliminate the
need for adding costly buffer solutions.  In a completely mixed filter,
a major part of the effluent is returned and mixed with the influent stream.
If the effluent has a sufficient bicarbonate buffer capacity, it is even
able to neutralize feed solutions with an acidic pH.  Since all  of the
previous studies with anaerobic filters used once through plug-flow
reactors, the present study was conducted to evaluate a completely mixed
anaerobic filter.

The high strength  acidic wastewater evaluated in this study was  a solid
waste leachate containing free volatile fatty acids and complex  high-
molecular-weight carbohydrate-like organics  (DeWalle and Chian,  1974) to
give a COD of 54,000 mg/l and a pH of 5.4.   The fatty acids represented
49 percent of the  total  COD,  while 1610 mg/t carbohydrate,  605 mg/£
tannins and 1270 mg/t proteins were also detected.   Such leachate is.
generated in solid waste landfills when infiltrating rainwater allows
degradation of primarily cellulosic materials.   Collection  and treatment
of such leachate alleviates the potential  problem for groundwater
pollution.   Due to leaching of metal  objects, relatively large amounts
of potentially toxic heavy metals were also  detected in the leachate
used in the present study.   The observed concentrations were 2,200 mg/t
Fe, 104 mg/t Zn, 18 mg/£ Cr,  13 mg/t Ni and  0.5 mg/t Cu.

-------
              OBSERVED SUBSTRATE REMOVAL IN FIXED FILM REACTORS

An engineered design of the anaerobic filter requires a knowledge of the
substrate removal kinetics in fixed film biological reactors.   Such infor-
mation is obtained when the influent substrate concentration and the
hydraulic detention time are varied independently of each other while
the system response is studied.  Schulze (1960) noted that the percentage
of BOD removal did not change with the increasing influent concentration
when an aerobic fixed film reactor was maintained at a constant hydraulic
loading.  However, when the hydraulic loading was increased and the
influent concentration maintained, the percentage removal decreased,
indicating that the percentage removal was solely determined by the
detention time in the filter.   The detention time is a function of hydaulic
loading and depth of the filter.  The observed results thus follow the
first order substrate removal  kinetics.

Rinke and Wolters (1970) also varied influent concentration and hydraulic
loading independently of each other in aerobic trickling filters and noted
that, at a constant hydraulic loading, an increase in influent substrate
concentration corresponded to a constant percentage of removal at low
organic loadings but showed a decreasing percentage of removal at high
loadings.   Maintaining a constant organic loading by increasing the
hydraulic loading and simultaneously decreasing the influent concentration
resulted in a constant amount of substrate removed and a constant percentage
substrate removal.  Cook and Kincannon (1970) showed, in contrast to
Schulze (1960), that at a constant hydraulic loading an increase in
influent concentration resulted in a lower percentage substrate removal.
Similar to Rinke and Wolters (1970) they noted that at constant organic
loading the percentage of removal did not change when the hydraulic
loading was increased and the  influent concentration was decreased
simultaneously.   Based on these data one would conclude that recircula-
tion of the effluent to reduce the influent concentration would be

-------
 beneficial  since this would  result in  a  same  percentage COD removal with
 respect to  the diluted influent.   When the substrate concentration of the
 effluent is small  as compared  to  the influent concentration, recircula-
 tion would  then result in  a  lower actual  effluent concentration.

 Less variable results have been obtained  in evaluating anaerobic filters.
 Young and McCarty  (1968, 1969)  showed  that increasing the  influent concen-
 tration at  constant but low  hydraulic  loading resulted in  a constant
 percentage  removal  but showed  a decreasing percentage at high hydraulic
 loadings.   Maintaining the organic  loading while decreasing both the
 influent concentration and the hydraulic  detention time resulted in a
 constant percentage removal  at low  organic  loadings and a decreasing per-
 centage at  high organic  loadings.   The actual  effluent concentration,
 however, was  only determined by the  organic loading and was independent
 of influent concentration.   Caudill  (1968)  similarly noted that the COD
 removal  efficiency  in an anaerobic  filter  treating potato starch waste
 remained at 77  percent when  the influent concentration increased from
 500 to  1000 mg/COD  at constant hydraulic loading.  El-Shafie and Bloodgood
 (1973)  also observed  a constant percentage removal independent of the
 influent concentration at  a  given hydraulic loading.  Jennett and Dennis
 (1975)  found  that at  a constant organic loading of 3.5 kg COD/m3 day
 (220 Ib  COD/1000 cu ft day)  the percentage removal decreased from 98
 percent  to  95 percent and  94 percent respectively when the influent
 concentration decreased from 16,000 mg/l to 8,000 mg/l and 4,000 mq/Jt.
 The  observation  that  the actual effluent concentration also decreased,
 would indicate  that recirculation could result in slightly lower effluent
 concentrations.

 The  above considerations are important in evaluating the effect of recir-
 culation on substrate  removal efficiency as practices in the present
 study.   Based on fundamental  considerations, both Schulze (1960) and
Germain  (1964) concluded that recirculation would have no effect on
organic matter removal.  However,  both Eckenfelder (1961)  and Gallar
and Gotaas  (1964), using a large number of actual  aerobic trickling
                                    8

-------
filter plant data, concluded that recirculation resulted  in  a  larger
percentage substrate removal possibly due to the inoculation of  the
incoming sewage with bacteria present in the effluent.  Several  studies
compared treatment efficiency before and after recirculation was prac-
ticed and generally noted an improvement in effluent quality.  Moore
&t at. (1950) noted that a recirculation ratio of one improved the BOD
removal from 85 percent to 93 percent at an influent BOD  of  240  mg/£.
Using a similar recirculation ratio Hanumanula (1969) noted  that the
BOD removal  increased from 62 percent to 91 percent at an influent BOD
of 330 mg/£.  Oleszkiewics (1974) showed that recirculation  is especially
beneficial at high influent substrate concentrations due  to  better
aeration of the liquid film and the elimination of substrate inhibition.
He observed an improvement of the removal from 30 percent to 85  percent
at a recirculation ratio of 5 using an influent COD of 3,000 mg/l.

-------
                 SIMULATION OF SUBSTRATE REMOVAL IN BIOFILMS

The substrate removal kinetics in fixed film biological  systems  can  either
be described in terms of substrate concentrations existing in  the  bulk
liquid phase or simulated substrate concentrations in each layer of  the
biofilms, the sum of which predicts the response of the entire film.
Kornegay and Andrews (1969) and Young and McCarty (1968, 1969) used  the
former approach; the latter authors introduced a substrate gradient
factor defined as the ratio of the concentration at the liquid-biofilm
interface to the effective concentration in the biofilm.  As a result,
the calculated apparent half velocity concentrations are several times
larger than would be obtained if all  bacteria were complete dispersed.
Recent studies however, generally use the second approach in which the
process of substrate diffusion and bacterial  uptake are simulated  for
each of the successive layers of the  biofilm; the present study  used
a similar approach.

In a biological  film reactor at steady state, a mass balance within  the
film can be made by  equating:

                       input - output = uptake                      (1)

According to Pick's  law of molecular  diffusion the mass transfer rate dF/dt
through a surface area A is proportional  to the concentration  gradient of
the substrate S at the interface:

                       f - - A Ds if                               (z)
        j\C
        TT- = rate of mass transfer at interface (mass/time)
        ot
                                          2
        D  = diffusion coefficient (length /time)
        gC                                                A
        |^-= substrate concentration  gradient (mass/length )
        aZ
        z  = depth of biofilm starting from liquid-film interface  (length)
                                            2
        A  = surface area of biofilm  (length  )
                                    10

-------
The biological  uptake within the biological  layer  can  be  expressed as:
                       dSz
                       ~dt
                              USZX
        dSz                                        3
        -jfi = rate of substrate uptake (mass/length  time)
        U   = maximum substrate removal  rate (   mass of substrate }
                                             vmass of biomass -time'
        Sz  = substrate concentration at depth  z (mass/length3)
        X   = biomass concentration within the  biolayer (mass/length )
                                                      o
        K$  = half velocity concentration (mass/length )

By making a material balance between a differential distance within  the
biolayer using equations (1), (2) and (3), it results in the following
equation for a unit cross sectional area:

                       6\_       USZX
which states that the second derivative of the substrate concentration with
respect to z is dependent on both the substrate and biomass concentration.
                                                   j\C
When axial dispersion becomes important the term v-^-will  have to be added
                                                   oZ
to the right hand side of Equation (4).  However, since the filter media
in the present study consists of long curved channels, this term can be
omitted.

Equation (4) is a second order non-linear differential equation.  As such
it does not have a simple solution.  However the equation can be solved
when Sz is either much larger or much smaller than K$ (Hang and McCarty,
1971).  When S2 is much larger than K  Equation (4) reduces to a zero
order kinetic equation;
                        .
                         .20
                        dz     s
                                     11

-------
which can be integrated for a unit cross sectional  area, and the mass
transfer rate at the interface becomes:
                                                                    (6)

        h = thickness of biofilm (length)

Since for a given waste, U and X are not expected  to  vary greatly, equation
(6) would indicate that the rate is independent  of substrate concentration
but directly proportional to surface area  and  thickness of  the biolayer.
In such a situation the decrease of substrate  within  the biofilm  is  small
as compared to the concentration at the interface  so  that the rate of
substrate utilization per unit of biomass  is approximately  the same  as if
the solids were evenly dispersed throughout the  liquid.  According to Pirt
(1973) and Saunders and Bazin (1973)  the thickness of the biolayer can be
approximated by
                              2D -S.
                       h=    -or1                                (7)
                                                               o
        $b = substrate concentration  in bulk liquid (mass/length  )

However, equation (7) was derived based on the boundary conditions of zero
substrate concentration at the interface of the  biolayer and the  solid
support; it therefore violates the constraint  that S  is much larger than
K  and is therefore only an approximation.  Since  D , U, and X are not
 J                                                 O
expected to vary to a great extent for  a given substrate, Equation (6)
can therefore be further modified to  indicate  that the rate of substrate
removal  per unit reactor volume is related to  the  specific  surface area,
A/V, and the square root of the bulk  substrate concentration:

                        dF - k, 4'  SK                               (8)
Vdt   n  V   °b
           = coefficient based  on zero  order  kinetics  (mass*/length*-time)
                                  o
        V = reactor volume (length )
                                    12

-------
 An equation  similar to equation (8) was also used by DeWalle and  Chian  (1976)
 to describe  the  rate of biological regeneration of activated carbon particles
 due to  the presence of activated sludge solids.  It is realized that at very
 high substrate concentrations the rate of substrate removal  will  be indepen-
 dent of the  substrate concentrations due to the zero order kinetics of  the
 reaction.  In that case the rate of substrate removal will only be dependent
 on the  specific  surface area in the reactor.

 When Sz is much  smaller than KS> equations (4) reduces to a  first order
 kinetic equation:
                                                                    (9)
Which after integration yields the mass transfer rate equation  at  the
interface:

                       £•»>   °f
Since DS, U, X and K$ are not expected to vary greatly with  a given  sub-
strate, Equation (10) reduces to
                        dF      A
                           = k''S
                       VdT    27b

        k2 = coefficient based on first order kinetics  (length/time)

The equation indicates that the rate of substrate  removal  per unit reactor
volume is related to the specific surface area of  the biofilm and the bulk
substrate concentration, but is independent  of film  thickness.  A similar
equation has been given by Atkinson  and Daoud (1968) for  large film thick-
ness.   Equations (8) and (11)  should be used  in small successive sections
in plug flow anaerobic filter  columns.   However, since  such detailed data
are generally not available, both equations  can be used with respect to
the whole column while $b is substituted by  the effluent  concentration of
the column.
                                     13

-------
 Additional  resistance to  mass  transfer  from  the bulk liquid to the liquid-
 biofilm interface is  caused  by the  liquid film adjacent to the biofilm.
 The thickness of this layer  can be  described by the Nusselt (1916) equation:
                             •?    n V3
                        5  - Crrft                                  (12)
         Q =  flow rate (Iength3/time)
         v =  viscosity (mass/time'length)
         p =  density of liquid  (mass/length3)
         g =  gravitational constant  (length/time2)
         W =  width  of  film (length)
         6 =  thickness  of film  (length)

 Since  the mass transfer rate decreases with increasing liquid film thickness
 in  the laminar sublayer, the flux of substrate would also be proportional
 to  the flow  rate to the power 1/3.  This agrees with the analysis by  Takeshi
 at  at.  (1972) that the mass transfer coefficient KL for laminar flow  can be
 expressed as:

                       KL = kQ1/3 for Re <  10 and                    (13)

                       kL = kQ1/2 for Re >  10                       (14)

 Both equations (8) and (11)  illustrate the  importance  of the  specific
 surface area, A/V, of the fixed film reactor.   Based on similar considera-
 tions Ames et at. (1962) stated that the substrate removal was  proportional
 to  the specific surface area  of the  media.   Lamb and Owen  (1970 came  to
the identical conclusion.   For  the above reasons,  a  filter medium with a
relatively high specific surface area of 206  m2/m3 (63  ft2/ft3) was
selected for the  present study.
                                    14

-------
                            MATERIALS AND METHODS

 The  laboratory  scale anaerobic filter column was constructed of Plexiglas
 with an  overall  height of 246 cm and 20.2 cm OD (Figure 1).  The height
 of the filter medium in the column was 199 cm and comprises a volume of
 54.6 liter  (1.93 cu ft).  A head space of 1.4 liter is provided at the
 top of the  medium while the inlet section is 2.8 liter.  A solids collec-
 tion device, installed at the end of the second period in Phase II, is
 located  at  the  bottom of the column and has a volume of 3.8 liter.  A
 recirculation surge vessel with a volume of 5.2 liter provides the separa-
 tion of  the effluent stream and the recirculation stream.   The latter is
 subsequently used to dilute the incoming leachate and raise its pH.  The
 total volume of the column is therefore 67.8 liter of which 54.6 liter
 or 81 percent contains the filter medium to which the bacteria are
 attached.

 The medium  in the column consists of plastic "Surpac" slabs (Dow Chemical
 Midland, MI) while additional plastic strips were placed between each
 sheet.   The plastic material has a specific density of 1.45 g/cm3.  As
 the average thickness of the slab is 0.57 mm, on the basis of 100 measure-
 ments, the  specific surface of the plastic  material itself is therefore
 3490 m /m3  (1067 ft2/ft3).  The specific surface area of the media per
 unit column volume is 206 m2/m3 column volume (63 ft2/ft3  column volume);
 the total surface area in the column is therefore 11.3 m2 (121.6 ft2)
 and only 6  percent of the column volume is taken up by the plastic
material  resulting in a porosity of 94 percent.   A comparable study by
 Young and McCarty (1968, 1969) used smooth quartzite stones with a
 porosity of only 42 percent and a specific surface area of 114 m2/m3
                      2  3
 column volume (37.5 ft /m  column volume) as estimated from data provided
 by Truesdale vt at.  (1961).

The leachate employed in this study was obtained from a lysimeter filled
with solid waste to which simulated rainwater was added (Chian and DeWalle
1976).   After collection from the lysimeter, the leachate  was refrigerated
                                    15

-------
         V= 1.4
              15.1cm
                  E
                  o
      E
      u
      CVI
  Recirculation
  Pump
              20.2 cm t


             _ 18.7cm
Gas Collection Line

           Wet Gas Meter
                                        /-as  o
Inflow-
                                                   \
                                               J1\
                                                  Outflow



                                                Recirculation

                                                Vessel
                                -Filter  Media
         H i	i  u u -=r

Sludge  T   IM^3-^ I
   **~ c I ,—11—=-J  \ IL,
                                      10.2 cm
                                       28cm
                                    Solids  Collection
          Figure  1.  The Completely Mixed Anaerobic Filter
                                 16

-------
and fed from a 10 liter container into the anaerobic filter using an
electrolytic gas cell, in which the 02 and HZ generated were used to
expand a bladder located in the leachate container to displace its con-
tent.  Due to the formation of iron hydroxide solids, the leachate
could not be fed with regular positive displacement pumps without
excessive wearing.
                                  17

-------
                            RESULTS AND  DISCUSSION

 Studies on the effectiveness of the anaerobic  filter  in  treating  high
 strength leachate from the  lysimeter were  conducted for  a  period  of 518
 days starting July 3,  1973.   During Phase  I  of the study,  which lasted
 218 days the  different start-up procedures and pH stabilities of  the
 unit were tested,  while in  Phase II which  lasted 250  days, the various
 operational difficulties  of the completely mixed unit were evaluated.
 Phase III, which  lasted 50  days,  was used  to study the effluent charac-
 teristics as  affected  by  organic  loading.  A summary  of  the different
 steps is given  in  Table 1.

 Start-up of the Anaerobic Filter
 The start-up  of the anaerobic filter was tested during the early  stage
 of  the  Phase  I study.   It was noted  that when  the undiluted leachate
 was passed through the  unit  without  seeding no  significant biological
 degradation would  occur for  a 33  day period when the  unit was operated
 at  a detention time of  42 days.   Also, no  biomass would develop on the
 filter  media, even when the  pH  of  the incoming  leachate was adjusted with
 sodium  hydroxide from  5.8 to 7.0,  i.e., the minimum required pH for
 methane fermentation.   The filter was therefore emptied and the bottom
 section was seeded with 1 liter of digested sludge containing a total
 25  g solids while  the column was  filled with the leachate diluted to
 one tenth  of  its strength with  distilled water.  Thereafter the unit was
 fed 1.6 liter of the diluted leachate to give a detention time of 42
 days.   A high initial gas production was observed which gradually decreased
 (Figure 2a).  Increasing the influent concentration by using a lower
 dilution ratio resulted in  increasing amounts of gas  being generated in
 the unit as a result of the microbial methane fermentation.  However,
 when  the undiluted leachate was fed,  inhibition was observed as the gas
 production ceased completely.  A  larger quantity of 2 liter of digested
 sludge,  containing 50 g solids, and a less rapid increase in the influent
concentration, however, resulted in a satisfactory gas production,
approaching the theoretical  amount as calculated from the COD removal
                                    18

-------
Table 1.  Different Phases and Experimental  Conditions During the Anaerobic  Filter Study
Duration Duration
Phase (days) Period (days)
I 218 la

Ib

2a

2b


3a

3b
3c
II 250 la

Ib
Ic
Id

2

3

4

III 50 1
2
3
1-33

33-64(31)

64-103(39)

103-146(43)


146-188(42)

188-200(12)
200-218(18)
218-291(73)

291-293(2)
293-298(5)
298-362(64)

362-398(36)

398-432(35)

432-467(35)

467-497(30)
497-512(15)
512-517(5)
Hydraulic
Detention
Time
(days)
42

42

42

42


42

42/7
42/4.25
42

42/3.0
42
42

42

42

74

74
17.5
7.5
Leachate
Feeding
Rate
1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6


1.6

1.6/9.7
1.6/16
1.6

1.6/22.7
1.6
1.6

1.6

1.6

0.9

0.9
4.0
9.1
Combi ned
Influent
Flow Rate
32.4

32.4

32.4

32.4


32.4

32.4/40.5
32.4/46.8
32.4

32.4/53.5
32.4
32.4

32.4

32.4

31.7

31.7
34.8
39.9
Leachate
Influent
Recircula- COD
tion Ratio (mg/t)
1:20

1:20

1:20

1:20


1:20

1:20/1:4.2
1:20/1:2.9
1:20

1:20/1:29
1:20
1:20

1:20

1:20

1:35

1:35
1:8.7
1:4.4
62,000

62,000

6,200-62,000

6,200-31,000


27 ,000

27 ,000
27,000
27,000

27,000
27,000
19,500

19,500

19,500

39,000

32,000
32,000
32,000
Experimental
Conditions
no pH adjustment;
no seeding
pH adjustment to
7; no seeding
seeding 1£ sludge;
decreasing dilution
seeding 2JL sludge;
decreasing dilution
1:10 to 1 :2
feed 1:2 diluted
1 eac ha te
first shockload
second shockload
start of extensive
monitoring
Third shockload
extensive monitoring
gradual toxicity,
Na2S
solids collection
device installed
between period 2
and 3
doubling of leachate
concentration
kinetic analysis
kinetic analysis
kinetic analysis

-------
      50
      40
  x>


  $30
   C
   o

  T3

  I  20
      10
  C
  o
      40
      30
  o

  •o

  S  20


  w
  o
  o
                             No Dilution
•Added 1.0
 Digested

 Sludge
            B
  Added  2jO J?
  Digested
  Sludge
               1
           1
        0      10     20     30     40      50


                    Time (Days)


Figure 2.  The Startup of  the Anaerobic Filter
                       20

-------
 (Figure 2b), after 43 days.  In order to prevent possible further inibi-
 tion, a new batch of leachate was fed to the unit at a 1:2 dilution
 (1 part of feed to 1 part of dilution water) resulting in an  influent
 COD of 27,000 mg/l.  Similarly to the present study Young and McCarty
 (1968, 1969) noted that about 40 days of operation were required  to
 reach equilibrium conditions when two additions of 30 g volatile  solids
 from a sludge digester were used to start the filter.  Adding 30  g of
 digested sludge to the bottom section of an aerobic filter, Jennett  and
 Dennis (1975) noted that only 20 days were required to reach  equilibrium
 conditions.

 Recirculation Ratio
 After a 42 day operating period, equivalent to one volume turnover,  the
 required recirculation ratio was studied.  Approximately 63 percent  of
 the constituents in the initial leachate batch would be displaced after
 one volume turn over for a completely mixed reactor.  Initially,  a 1:20
 recirculation ratio was arbitrarily selected at the beginning of  the
 study.  A recirculation ratio of 1:20 was defined as 1  part of feed  to
 19 parts of effluent to results in a total volume of 20 parts.  A
 titration curve of the effluent as shown in Figure 3a, indicates  that the
 highest buffering capacity of the effluent is observed at a pH of 6.2,
 shile less is available at the actual effluent pH of 7.2.  The pH of the
 inflection point at 3.9 reflects the presence of both bicarbonates and
 fatty acids.  If only bicarbonate had been present, the pH of the inflec-
 tion point would have been close to 4.3.  Because of this observed shape
 of the effluent titration curve, five parts of effluent are required to
 increase the pH of the influent to 7.0, thus, requiring a minimum ratio
 of 1:6 (Figure 3b).  In order to operate the unit safely and  well-mixed
 the ratio of 1:20 was maintained by using a recirculation flow rate  of
 30.8 £/d, resulting in a complete mixing of the unit every 1.8 days  as
 calculated for the column volume subject to mixing.  Since the time
 required for mixing was short as compared to the hydraulic detention
 time, i.e., 1.8 days versus 42 days, the unit can be considered completely
mixed.  As a result of the recirculation, the vertical upflow rate in the
 unit was 1.1 m/d.

                                    21

-------
            8
            6


    pH      5


            4
 Amount Of Meq Of H2 S04 Added To
 50ml Of Anaerobic Filter Effluent For
 The Alkalinity Determination
          7.2


          7.0


          6.8


    pH    6.6


          6.4


          6.2


          6.0


          5.8
B
                                     2           3
                                 Meq. Of Acid Added
                    Amount Of Effluent Of Anaerobic
                    Filter Necessary To Increase The pH
                    Of 20ml  Of Leachate
              L     I      I      I      I      I      I
                  20    40   60    80   100   120

                             Amount Of Effluent (ml)
                                     140   160   180   200
Figure 3.  Determination of the  Minimum Required  Recirculation Ratio
                                     22

-------
Shock!oading
Before a more extensive monitoring was initiated,  the ability  of  the
anaerobic filter to withstand shockloads was studied.   When the detention
time, based on feed stream flow alone, was reduced from 42 days to 7  days
for a one-day period, only a small change in the pH was observed  (Figure
4a and b).  Since the recirculation flowrate was kept constant, the
recirculation ratio experienced a decrease.  The pH decreased  to  6.9
when the detention time was reduced to 4.25 days for a one-day period
(Figure 4c and d).  A larger shockload was conducted in Phase  II, 73
days after the more intensive monitoring of the unit had started.  The
detention time was reduced to 3 days for a two day duration which also
caused a similar lowering of pH values (Figure 4e and f).   The gas produc-
tion did not show a corresponding increase, as high concentration of
organics were present in the effluent of the unit (Figure 5a)  which
reduced the organic removal efficiency to  54 percent.  The high COD
values corresponded with high concentrations of fatty acids (Figure 5b),
aromatic  hydroxyls and carbohydrates  (Figure 6a).  The large differences
in the values for the filtered and unfiltered COD may  indicate that
substantial quantities of solids  were resuspended at the  higher flow
rates.  This was also indicated by the suspended  solids (SS) analysis
(Figure 7b).  As most of the phosphates  in the unit are present as
suspended  solids, a  similar  pattern as the SS was observed  (Figure 7c).
Since fatty acids contribute to the alkalinity, an  increase parallel  to
the  fatty  acids was  observed (Figure  7e).  After  the detention time was
restored  back to 42  days after the two days  shockload,  the  effluent COD
and  SS concentrations returned to values only  slightly higher than those
observed  before the  shockload.   It is realized  that at short detention
times the  flow regime of the unit tends  to depart from a  completely mixed
pattern and approaches  that  of a  plugflow, since  at a  three day  deten-
tion time,  the content  is only mixed  2.7 times  during  one volume turnover.
Based on  these  tests it was  concluded that the buffer  capacity of the unit
 is  sufficient  to  prevent  large pH depressions  at  relatively short deten-
tion times. However,  at detention  times as  short as  three days  a large
 portion  of the  organics leave  the unit  in the effluent stream.   Further-
                                     23

-------
        150
   —    100
   TJ

   e
   Q.
   at
   o
   O
   X

   Q.
 50
7.2



7.1



7.0



6.9


6.8
               	T
               o>
               I*
               
-------
               •*"   "• ^0.45,1 Filtered
                         COD
                             100
                          Time, Days
200
Figure 5.  Effluent Quality During  Phase II  as  Measured by
           COD, Fatty Acids and Gas Production
                             25

-------
                                         200
                         Time, days
Figure 6.   Effluent Quality During Phase II as Measured  by
        Carbohydrates, Aromatic Hydroxyls,  Color,
         ORP, Conductivity and Inorganic Carbon
                             26

-------
                          100

                         Time, days
200
Figure 7.   Effluent Quality During Phase II  as Measured
    by Heavy Metals, Suspended Solids,  Phosphorus,
                   pH and Alkalinity
                          27

-------
more high concentration of suspended solids are detected  in the  effluent
at such short detention times.

Gas Production
High organic matter removals were observed during the first 60 days of
monitoring in the Phase II period and 97 percent of the COD was  removed
at a rate of 0.62 kg COD/m3 day (39 Ib COD/1000 cu ft day)  (Figure 5a).
As the oxygen equivalent of 1 mole of CH4 is 202, 22.4 liter of  methane
are therefore produced at 0°C and standard pressure for each 64.4 g COD
removed.  Thus, 1 g of COD removed produces 0.38 liter of methane gas  at
25°C.  The average gas production during that period was 23.3 III influent,
and the gas contained 78 percent methane.  This corresponds to 89 percent
of the theoretical gas production as calculated from total  COD removals.
The difference of 11 percent was attributed to the small  amount  of
biological solids produced in the unit and organics removed by physical
processes.  A theoretical carbon balance calculation showed that 1.75
liter of gas is produced per gram of carbon removed from solution.  The
leachate and effluent obtained in the first phase of the study had COD/TOC
ratios of 3.5 and 2.8, respectivley, while the inorganic carbon  concentra-
tion present in the influent and effluent was 10 mg/£ and 750 mg/£,
respectively.  This amount of carbon removed from solution would theoret-
ically correspond to a gas production of 23.2 Jilt of influent which was
99 percent of the amount actually measured.

Heavy Metal  Toxicity
Continuing observation of the filter after a 100 day period showed a
gradual deterioration of the effluent COD (Figure 5a).  This was sub-
sequently reflected in a higher fatty acid (Figure 5b), carbohydrate and
aromatic hydroxyl concentrations (Figure 6a).  After 144 days, the COD
removal decreased to as low as 64 percent, while the pH decreased below
6.8 (Figure 7d) which effectively reduced the methane fermentation
(Figure 5c).  Analysis of the effluent showed a gradual increase in
soluble (0.45 y filtered) heavy metals with maximum Fe, Cu and Zn con-
centrations of 2.8, 0.9 and 0.2 mg/£, respectively (Figure 7a),  indicating
                                    28

-------
that heavy metal  toxicity may have inhibited  the  anaerobic fermentation.
The metals were mostly present in  the suspended form  and  the dissolved
iron, for example, represented only 9 percent of  the  total iron content.

Lawrence and McCarty (1965)  and Mosey zt at.  (1971) showed that the con-
centration of soluble heavy  metals was determined by  the  amount of sulfide
present in the unit to form  insoluble sulfide precipitates.  Since iron
is the metal generally present in  highest concentrations, the  ferrous
sulfides in the unit constitute a  sulfide reservoir to  precipitate the
more toxic and less soluble  heavy  metals such as  copper,  zinc  and nickel.
Based on the measurement of  soluble sulfides  in digesters, Mosey and
Hughes (1975) concluded that a 50  percent decrease in gas production would
occur at concentrations of 10"4 mg/l Zn++, 10"7 mg/l  Cd++, 10"12 mg/£ Cu+
and 10~   mg/l Cu  .  Inhibition during shockloads of short duration occurs
at much higher soluble heavy metal concentrations of  0.5  mg/£  Zn++, 1 mg/l
Cd++, 10"7 mg/l Cu+ and 10"8 mg/l  Cu++.  Kirsch and Sykes (1971) reported
that at a total zinc concentration of 100 mg/l and a  soluble concentra-
tion of 1.5 mg/l, gas production was inhibited.   However, failure did
not occur when the zinc was  fed as zinc sulfate as a  result of which the
soluble zinc concentration never exceed 0.4 mg/£.  None of the studies
noted a toxicity due to iron.

Since the present study noted significant concentration of copper, one  of
the most toxic elements, the observed inhibition  could  well  be due to this
element.  Similar to Lawrence and  McCarty (1965)  it was noted  that the
initial deterioration of the effluent COD was not caused  by a  higher fatty
acid concentration, indicating that the acid fermenting bacteria were more
affected by the inhibiting substance than the methane bacteria.  A
limited number of analyses indicated that approximately half  of  the
sulfate concentration of 550 mg/l, in the 1:2 diluted leachate was
removed in the unit by reduction and precipitation.   Stoichometric
amounts of sulfide would only precipitate 9 percent of  the  iron  removed
in the unit, indicating that the majority of the  iron at neutral  pH
values would be precipitated as carbonates and hydroxides;  a  conclusion
similar to that reached by Mosey and Hughes  (1975).  Unlike  the  metal-

                                     29

-------
 sulfide precipitates, the carbonate precipitates are very pH sensitive
 and dissolve at low pH values.  This may explain the increase in Zn and
 Cu concentrations between 120 and 144 days (Figure 7a).  These results
 may indicate that initially the acid fermenting bacteria were partially
 inhibited by metals resulting in higher effluent COD (Figure 6a).   This
 was subsequently followed by inhibition of the methane bacteria, as a
 result of which the fatty acid concentration gradually increased (Figure
 5b).  Since less bicarbonate alkalinity was formed, the pH in the  unit
 started to decrease, which in turn dissolved additional  heavy metal
 precipitates;  the solubilized metals when resulted  in further inhibition.
 The results further  show that the values of pH and  conductivity reflect
 increases  in the fatty acid  concentration.   The earliest warning of
 possible metal  toxicity,  however, is given  by a gradual  decrease in
 total  gas  production and  an  increase of the effluent COD.   To reduce  the
 observed toxicity half of the column volume was drained  and  filled  with
 tap water  to reduce  the  inhibiting  substances.   Since metal  toxicity  was
 suspended,  their concentration was  decreased  by addition of  75 mg/£ Na?S
 to  the column content, while  a similar  concentration was added  to the
 influent for the next  18  days.   After these operational  changes  the
 observed effluent  quality during the second monitoring  period  of Phase
 II  improved  greatly  while the  gas  production,  the organic matter removal,
 and the bicarbonate  alkalinity increased  gradually.   The sulfide addi-
 tions  caused a  decrease in ORP values while reducing  the heavy metal  con-
 centrations  (Figure  6c).   Furthermore,  no H2S odor was detected  also
 indicating  that the  toxicity was  caused  by  metals.

 In  subsequent studies with the same  anaerobic filter  using a different
 feed,  experiments were made to study the effect of hydraulic loading  on
 the removal  of  heavy metals.   Four different loadings were evaluated  in
 duplicate during which the metal  concentrations in samples withdrawn
 from the different sampling ports along the filter were measured.  Using
 the effluent and influent concentrations, the removal percentages can be
calculated.  The analytical results in Figure 8 show that the removal  of
most metals  is  68 percent or  higher, except for copper and cadmium.   The
                                   30

-------
  too


   90


   80


   70
o  60
o
0)
a  50

-------
 percentage removal generally decreases with increasing flowrates  with  the
 exception of chromium, which element is likely present as  the  chromate
 anion and not as the cation.  Iron showed the highest removals while it
 also had the highest initial concentrations.   Cadmium had  the  lowest
 removals while it also had the lowest initial  concentration.   The most
 rapid decrease in percentage removal with increasing  feed  flowrates was
 observed for copper.   Thus at high loadings copper  is removed  to  a lesser
 extent than the other metals, again indicating that this element  may
 cause a metal  toxicity in the anaerobic filter.  Although  the  percentage
 metal removal  decreases at increasing flowrates, the  absolute  quantity
 of metals increases with increasing flowrates.  Since a large  portion
 of the metals  form insoluble sulfide, carbonate and hydroxide  precipitates,
 which coagulate and settle out in  the unit, increased  metal concentrations
 were observed  in the  sludge drawn  from  the  bottom portion  of the  filter
 (Figure 9).

 Nutrient  Requirements
 Comparison  of  effluent  and  influent  total phosphorus  (P) showed that 55
 percent of  the concentration  was removed  in the unit.  The COD:P  ratio of
 the influent,  however,  was  as  high  as 4360:1  indicating that a phosphorus
 limitation  could occur.   Young  and McCarty  (1968, 1969) selected  a 470:1
 ratio using  a  protein-carbonate waste and a fatty acid waste.  McCarty
 and  Speece  (1963) measured  that a feed COD:P ratio of  as high as  2200:1
 was  feasible in an  anaerobic digester fed with fatty acids.  Force and
 Lovan (1971) maintained a  500:1 ratio in their unit treating press
 brewery liquor.  The  latter  investigators noted that about half of the
 applied  phosphorus  was  utilized in the unit.   In a subsequent investiga-
 tion  using  the  same unit  they maintained a COD:P ratio of 1000:1 using  a
 wastestream  similar to  the one used  in the present study (Foree and Reid,
 1973).  They noted  that 96 percent of the applied phosphorus was removed,
 indicating  that only slightly higher ratios are feasible.   Although the
 waste  in the present study was fed to the units without nutrient suppli-
ments, a significant amount of phosphorus of 1328 mg was initially intro-
duced in the unit through the anaerobic sludge used  to feed the unit.
                                    32

-------
         10,000
          1000
      o»
      o»
      •o


      V)
        _«

      £ o
      c
      o
      •^ o>
      P o
      0)
      o
      o
      "5
100
            10
 1.0
            O.I
                              ^'
                        .**"
                  t*'          *'   -.--'"*'
                      ^s^^r^"^^

                  S^  l^*
            •°'oL
                       8
10    12    14   16
                            Flow Rate,  Vday
Figure 9.  Effect of Increasing Hydraulic Loadings on the Metal

  Concentration in the Sludge Collected from  the Bottom of

                   the Anaerobic Filter
                             33

-------
 The COD:P ratio of 4360:1  should  therefore  be  considered as an upper limit.
 The COD:N ratio of the  feed  was 39:1  indicating  that  no nitrogen  limita-
 tion would occur.   When the  phosphates  were distinguished  in total, soluble
 and orthophosphates,  it was  "noted  that  about three fourths was present in
 the suspended solids  form  (Figure  7c).  The total phosphate concentration,
 therefore parallels the suspended  solids measurements, as observed during
 the evaluation of  the third  shockload.  During the toxicity period a
 significant decrease  was observed  in  total  phosphate  concentration,
 probably as a result  of the  formation of metal phosphate precipitates.
 After addition of  75 mg/l  Na2S, higher  soluble phosphate concentrations
 were observed, possibly because less metals were available to form
 precipitates with  the phosphates;  the total effluent  P concentration,
 however,  did not change substantially.

 Factors Affecting Effluent Organic Matter Concentrations
 It  was noted that after addition of the sulfides, the differences between
 total COD  and  the COD in filtration of 0.45 pm Millipore filter became
 more substantial.   As it was felt  that the  higher organic solids content
 could be due to insufficient settling within the unit, a solids collec-
 tion compartment of 3.8 liter was added to  the column below the influent
 inlet compartment  (Figure 1).  Visual  observations showed that solids
 were collected  in this compartment to gradually build up a sludge slurry.
 Comparison  of  the effluent data showed both a lower total  COD and soluble
 COD  in period  3 as  compared to period 2 probably as a result of the solids
 collection  device (Figure 5a).  The differences in suspended solids con-
 centration  between  the two periods, however, were not noticeable.

 In order to determine whether the effluent concentration is solely deter-
mined by organic loading, and not by influent concentration and hydraulic
detention time, the organic loading was maintained constant, while the
 influent concentration was doubled, by feeding  the unit with undiluted
 leachate instead of the 1:2 diluted leachate.   Simultaneously the deten-
tion time was doubled to maintain  the  constant  loading.   The results  in
Figure 5, 6 and 7 indicate a  temporary deteriorating  effluent quality  of
                                    34

-------
COD, fatty acids and carbohydrates.   Both  pH  and  bicarbonate alkalinity
decreased during this period but returned  to  initial values after a 15-
day period.  After this initial  adaption,  effluent qualities were gener-
ally similar for period 3 and 4, indicating that  the influent  concentra-
tion does not affect the effluent quality  under the conditions studied;
however, it does affect the percentage of  COD removal.   Similar conclu-
sion was reached by Young and McCarty (1968,  1969). They  noted that when
the organic loading was maintained while both the influent concentration
and the hydraulic detention time were decreased,  the unit  gave a constant
percentage COD removal at low loadings but a  decreasing percentage at
high loadings.  Jennett and Dennis (1975)  found that at a  constant removal
rate of 3.5 kg COD/m3 day (220 Ib COD/1000 cu ft  day)  the  percentage
removal decreased from 98 percent to 95 percent and 94 percent respectively,
when the influent concentration decreased  from 16,000  mg/£, 8000 mg/£  and
4000 mg/£.  Contrary to the results in the present study,  they also  noted
that the actual effluent concentration decreased.  Based on  these results
one would conclude that recirculation does not affect  the  effluent quality
as the latter  is only determined by the substrate removal  rate. Recircula-
tion,  however,  is necessary to maintain sufficient high pH values  to  treat
the acidic feed.  A completely mixed regime would allow utilization  of the
entire length  of the column for substrate removal; in plug flow units,
however, only  the lower one meter (3.3 ft) is effective (Young and McCarty
1968,  1969; Jennett and Dennis, 1975).  As such,   increasing the height of
the completely mixed unit with  respect to the area at the base will  reduce
the total  column requirement for the same degree  of treatment and,  there-
fore,  lower construction costs  (Germain, 1964).

Effect of  Removal Rate on Organic Matter
Since  the  effluent organic matter concentration  is mainly determined by the
substrate  removal rate  of  the unit and  not by influent  concentration or
hydraulic  detention  time,  the third  phase of the  study  was conducted to
establish  such relationships.   During  the initial  30 days of  the third
phase, the detention  time  was similar  to the fourth period of the second
phase, i.e. 74 days.   Although  slightly less than one  volume  turn-over was
                                     35

-------
 realized, analysis of the effluent quality indicated  that  steady state
 operations were realized (Figure 10 and  11).

 When the detention time of the unit was  reduced  to  17.5 days, higher
 effluent concentrations were generally observed  (Figure 10 and  11).  An
 increase was observed for both the biodegradable fatty acids and for the
 less readily degradable carbohydrates and  aromatic  hydroxyls.   Reduction
 of the detention time to 7.5 days  caused a  further  increase  in  organic
 matter concentration  in the  effluent.  As  the quantity of  available
 leachate was limited, only a 0.7 volume  turnover was  realized at this
 loading.   The effluent parameters, with  exception of  the carbohydrates,
 however,  indicated that steady-state operations  were  obtained.  Both pH
 and inorganic carbon  concentrations showed  that  the unit was effectively
 operating at this  detention  time.   The phosphate analyses  also  indicate
 that this nutritional  element  is not limiting the biological growth at
 higher rates of  substrate removal.   Although a larger amount of organic
 matter is removed  at  the higher  loading, the resulting higher organic
 matter content  in  the  effluent  is  a  major disadvantage.  A material
 balance during  Phase  III  indicated  that 93  percent of the COD could be
 accounted for by the  methane gas leaving the unit.  The effluent concen-
 tration generally  reached  new equilibrium levels after about 2 days after
 a  change  in  the loading.   Young and McCarty (1968, 1969) similarly noted
 that when  the loading  to  the anaerobic filter was increased, the gas
 production rate increased within two days.   Jennett and Dennis (1975)
 found  that immediately after a loading change the effluent COD concentra-
 tion increased temporarily but returned  to new steady-state levels  after
 about  10  days.  They also noted that the temporary increase in effluent
 COD was more  noticeable when the loading  increase resulted from  a  higher
 influent  concentration than from a  decrease in detention time.   This
 tends to agree with the results obtained  in this  study.

Although the actual effluent concentration  is  determined  by the  rate of
substrate  removal, the percentage  of removal,  however,  is  determined by
the hydraulic detention time.  The  removal  percentage  for  the completely >
                                   36

-------
                    3000
                            Detention Time
                              74 days
                                  20    30

                                Time, days
Figure 10.  Effluent Quality  During  Phase III  as Measured by COD,
      Fatty Acids, Gas Production, Carbohydrates, Aromatic
                     Hydroxyls and Alkalinity
                                37

-------


              o
              u

              S
Figure 11
                          20     30

                          Time , days


Effluent Quality During Phase III as Measured by Conductivity,
  pH, Alkalinity, Inorganic  Carbon and Phosphorus
                                    38

-------
 mixed  unit  was  therefore calculated during the three detention times of
 74,  17.5 and  7.4 days  in Phase  III and the 3 day detention time during
 the  shockloading in  Phase  II  (Figure 12).  In addition, the percentage
 removal  as  predicted for plugflow units by Young and McCarty (1968,
 1969)  is shown  for comparison.  They formulate that the efficiency was
 inversely related to the hydraulic detention time.  The results of the
 two  systems indicate that  at  long and short detention times reasonable
 agreement is  observed.  At intermediate ranges, however, the observed
 results  showed  higher  percentages of removal for the unit in the present
 study.   The data also  indicate  that the unit should be operated above
 a detention time of 7  days in order to obtain more than 95 percent COD
 removal.

 At the  end  of the third phase,  tap water was introduced in the unit to
 study whether the mixing regime as a result of the recirculation agreed
 with the  completely mixed model.  The results of the color dilute-out
 clearly  indicate that  this is still  true after accumulation of apprec-
 iable amount of biomass, since  63.2 percent is removed after one volume
 turnover  (Figure 13a).  The initial  section of the total  P curve (Figure
 13b) shows  an identical result, but shows higher removals after about
 one volume  turnover, possibly as a result of precipitation under the
 more aerobic conditions resulting from the tap water additions.  The
 suspended solids show  the highest decrease since their removal  is also
 aided by  sedimentation.  A lower dilute-out is observed after about 70
 percent of  the suspended solids are removed indicating that the remaining
 fraction  consists of smaller particles.

 Effluent Organic Matter Composition
An evaluation of the relative compositions of the effluent organic matter
 at the three loadings  is shown in Figure 14.   The fourth  data point was
obtained during Phase  I when the unit was subject to a shock!oad in which
the retention  time was reduced to three days  for a two day duration.   The
results in Figure 14 show that with  increasing loadings a larger percentage
of the organic matter consisted of free volatile fatty acids (Figure 14)
                                    39

-------
    100
     90
^   80
o
I   70

-------
                                        Total-P  Dilute-Out
                     Suspended
                     Solids Dilute-Out
                                           I                            2

                                    Volume  Turnovers

Figure 13.  Dilute-Out  Curves  for Color, Total Phosphorus and Suspended  Solids
                                       41

-------
      I
        50



        40



        30
      0)
      81
      1 20
      o

      £
         10



         0
      o
      "c
      0)
      CL
    Percentage of Effluent Organic
    Matter Consisting of
         O Fatty Acids
         D Proteins
         A COD/TOC Ratio
H	1	1	1	
Percentage of Effluent Organic
Matter Consisting of
  O Carbohydrates
  A Aromatic Hydroxyls
                           _L
                   I         2        3       4        5       6

                       Rate of Substrate  Removal (kg/m3 day)
                                              o
                                              o
                                              o
                                              o
                                              o
Figure  14.   Effect of  Rate of Substrate  Removal on Relative Organic
                 Matter Composition of  the  Effluent
                                    42

-------
 assuming a COD/weight ratio of 1.07.   This would  indicate that the methane
 fermenting bacteria  are determining  the  overall substrate removal rates.
 Young and McCarty (1968, 1969)  also  observed  that at low loadings the
 percentage fatty acids decreased  with  decreasing  loadings.  However, at
 removal  rates  about  1.5 kg  COD/m3 day  (94 Ib  COD/1000 cu ft day) the per-
 centage  fatty  acids  decreased  with increasing removal rates, possibly
 indicating that at this rate the  acid  fermenting bacteria also become
 limiting.   A similar optimum at 1  kg COD/m3-day (63 Ib COD/1000 cu ft day)
 was  obtained with data from Jennett  and  Dennis (1975); Plummer at at.
 (1968) also observed a decreasing  percentage  fatty acids with increasing
 removal  rates  above  a removal  rate of  1.5 kg/m3-day.  A lower optimum was
 of 0.2 kg  COD/m  day was calculated from data of Arora at at. (1975).  This
 lower optimum  may have been due to the less degradable nature of the sub-
 strate as  reflected  by the  low BOD/COD of 0.52.  The data, however,
 indicate that  the above mentioned  optimum corresponds to a substrate
 removal  rate between 1  and  1.5 kg  COD/m3-day.  The absence of such optimum
 in the present study is  due to the fact that  fatty acids are already
 present  in the influent  stream.  The decrease of the percentage fatty
 acids at decreasing  removal  rates  is reflected by a decrease of the
 COD/TOC  ratio's  in the  effluent, indicating an increase of the oxidation
 state of the organic  (Figure 14a).

 The  trend  observed for  the  fatty acids is opposite that of the nitrogenous
 organics assuming a  COD/N ratio of 10.   The highest actual  concentration
 was obtained at the  high loading,  which decreased  at the intermediate
 loading  and  showed a   slight  increase  at low loadings;  the soluble COD
 showed a continuous decrease resulting in a gradual  increasing percentage
 nitrogenous organics.  This trend  is  in agreement  with  studies by Chian
 and DeWalle  (1975) who noted an increase in amino  acids and  nitrogenous
organics after  removal of the free volatile fatty  acids using an  aerobic
 system.   The data in  Figure 14a would indicate that a similar trend  is
occurring  in anaerobic systems.  DeWalle and  Chian (1974)  noted a  sub-
stantial  increase of  high molecular weight carbohydrates  after removal  of
both  fatty acids and  amino acids.   The  absence of  such  increase  in  the
                                     43

-------
present study (Figure 14b) is probably due to the low bacterial  growth
rates which are characteristic of anaerobic systems.   This was confirmed
in further tests in which the effluent of the anaerobic filter was sub-
sequently treated in an aerated lagoon; after the fatty acids were removed
a substantial increase in high molecular weight carbohydrates was observed.

Sludge Production
A solids balance was made during the third phase of the study.  For this
purpose any solids accummulated in the bottom section were removed prior
to Phase III.  At the end of the fifty-day period, sufficient solids were
accummulated in the bottom section.  A total  of 2.5 liters of sludge were
                                                3
removed.  The sludge had a density of 1.026 g/cm  and contained 3.86
percent solids with a volatile solids/total solids ratio of 0.377 to
give a total of 37.3 g volatile solids.  The  solids density in the present
study is less than observed by  Arora &t at.  (1975) who obtained an 8
percent slurry with a volatile solids/total solids ratio of 0.34, but
more than the 2.3 percent observed by Jennett and Dennis (1975).  The
calculated average concentration of volatile  suspended solids in the
effluent samples was 106 mg/£.  As 20 mg/£ was present in the influent
the net accummulation of suspended solids during the  fifty-day period
was 11.2 g.  Thus, about 67 percent of the recoverable solids generated
in the unit will accumulate in the bottom section and can be removed by
subsequent discharge to sludge drying beds; 33 percent of the recoverable
solids were present in the effluent of the unit.  During the fifty-day
period a total  of 3992 g of COD was removed,  resulting in an apparent net
synthesis of 0.012 g VSS formed/g COD removed.  A higher yield would have
been obtained if the accumulation of biological  solids onto the plastic
media slabs had been measured.  The present value compares favorably with
data calculated by Young and McCarty (1968, 1969) who observed a net
synthesis of 0.015 g VSS/g COD for fatty acid waste and 0.118 g VSS/g
COD for a protein-carbohydrate mixture.  Jennett and  Dennis (1975) using
a pharmaceutical waste consisting mainly of methanol, observed a yield
of 0.027 g VSS/g COD.  The former included in their calculation the solids
that were attached to the filter media, while the latter measured the
                                     44

-------
solids that were loosely attached to the media and could be removed
through the sampling ports.  Assuming a VSS/P in the synthesized  sludge
of 60:1 (McCarty and Speece, 1963), the maximum COD"P ratio in  the  feed
should be 5000:1 based on an apparent net synthesis of 0.012 g  VSS
formed/g COD removed.  This ratio is comparable to that actually
measured in the influent stream.

Several factors have been recognized to determine the amount of solids
leaving the anaerobic filter.   Young and McCarty (1968, 1969),  observed
a gradual  accumulation of solids  in the anaerobic filter during which
period the effluent suspended  solids remained low.  Only after  the  filter
reached its maximum storage capacity would the effluent solids  show  an
increase.   More than 70 percent of the solids synthesized within  the
filter can be retained in the  filter when treating a fatty acid waste.
However, with substrates that  result in higher yields such as protein-
carbohydrate wastes only 30 percent may be retained (Young and  McCarty,
1968, 1969).   When the influent waste contains solids, no net removal
may be observed (Jennett and Dennis, 1975).   Both Plummer oJt at.  (1968)
and Jennett and Dennis (1975)  observed that the solids concentration was
mainly determined by the hydraulic detention times.  The present  data
are in agreement with both studies (Figure 7b).  In addition, it  is  noted
that the porosity of the filter may have a large effect on the solids
concentration which is to be expected since a lower void ratio will
increase the collision frequency between the solids and the filter  media.
The suspended solids, for example, were only 10 mg/£ at a void ratio of
0.42 (Young and McCarty, 1968), 34 mg/l at a void ratio of 0-47 (Jennett
and Dennis, 1975), 40 mg/£ at  a void ratio of 0.46 (Foree and Reid,  1973),
450 mg/l at a void ratio of 0.85 (Mueller and Mancini, 1975), and 1200
mg/l at a  void ratio of 0.68 (Plummer vt at. , 1968).  The average sus-
pended solids concentration of 190 mg/l at a void ratio of 0.94 as  observed
in this study compares favorably with other data and is probably  due to
the detention times which were higher than most other studies.
                                     45

-------
 Effect of pH on Gas Production
 After termination of the Phase I, II and III studies, all  the analytical
 data were correlated with each other.  When the daily gas production rates
 were related to the effluent pH values, the results in Figure 15 indicate
 that the highest rates are observed at a pH of 7.1.  The relatively low
 gas production rates at a pH of less than 6.9 were observed during the
 period of heavy metal  toxicity.  The rate of optimum pH values as observed
 in the present study is considerably smaller than other researchers have
 found (Figure 16).  Speece and Clark (1969), for example,  still  obtained
 half of the optimum gas production rates at a pH value of as low as 5.4,
 using anaerobic filters fed with acetate.  However, they related gas pro-
 duction to the average pH at different depths in the plug-flow unit and a
 more narrow band would have been obtained if the pH in the effluent had
 been used for such comparison.

 Clark and Speece (1970) also summarized existing literature data relating
 gas production of anaerobic digesters to corresponding pH  values, indicating
 that at a pH of 6.0 the gas production was reduced by 50 percent.  Using
 laboratory digesters, Thiel 
-------
            150
               6.0   6.2   6.4   6,6   6.8   7.0   7.2   7.4   7.6   7.8
                                     PH
Figure 15.  Effect of Effluent pH on Corresponding Rate of Gas Production
                                     47

-------
   100
i  50
O>
O
s
u
£
    0
       Speece and Clark
       (1969)
Clark and Speece
(1970)

Thiel et al
(1968)  ^
       I
                                           \   X  Heinemann, (1939)
                                            t. / \
                                             8
                                   PH
                                                      10
II
     Figure 16.  Effect of Effluent pH on Corresponding Relative Rate
          of Gas Production as Observed by Several Investigators
                                  48

-------
This would only correspond  to about 10 mg/£  free ammonia at the pH of the
effluent which is well  below the  stated toxic  level.

Gas Composition
The gas composition measured in the present  study was within  the range of
values reported by other investigators studying anaerobic  filters (Figure
17).  The methane content was generally 75 percent  but decreased to  63
percent at the highest  loading.  Using a similar type of wastewater, Foree
and Reid (1973) reported a  70 percent methane  content.  The decrease of
the methane content at  higher rates of substrate removal was  also observed
by Thiel 
-------
en
O
               
-------
Effluent Buffer Capacity
It was noted in the previous section that several  factors influenced  the pH
and buffer capacity of the system.  Figure 10 and  11  indicated  that the
alkalinity as determined by titration was relatively insensitive to changes
in the bicarbonate concentration as measured  with  the inorganic carbon
channel of the TOC analyzer.  This is a result of  the Ionized  fatty acids
which register in the alkalinity determination, but are not very effective
in maintaining the pH of the solution due to  their low pK values.   It was
therefore not surprising to note a general decrease in the inflection point
of the effluent titration curve and the fatty acid concentration in the
effluent (Figure 18).  This then shows that the alkalinity as  determined
by titration is not a useful monitoring tool  to measure the buffer capacity
of the system, and more useful  information is obtained when both the  pH,
inorganic carbon and fatty acid concentrations are monitored.

Kinetics of Substrate Removal
The kinetic consideration discussed earlier indicate that at relatively  low
substrate concentrations the removal rate increases linearly with effluent
concentration.  A compilation of the different studies evaluating anaerobic
filters indicate that this is indeed the case (Figure 19).  The rate  of
substrate removal was calculated as kilograms of COD removed per m3 empty
column volume per day; while the effluent concentration was used as the
corresponding substrate concentration.

Considerable spread in the results of the different studies is apparent
(Figure 19), indicating that other factors such as specific surface area,
biodegradability, temperatures  and mixing regime also exert a  significant
influence.   Figure 19 also indicates that several  effluent concentrations
have a finite value when the removal rate approaches zero.  The highest
such residual concentration was noted in the  present study and extrapola-
tion would indicate a valuesof  about 850 mg/l.  Four other studies showed
such residual concentration.  Further evaluation indicated that its magni-
tude generally increased  with increasing influent  concentrations.   Residual
effluent and related influent concentrations  reported by these studies
                                     51

-------
o>
L_
O
g
E
c
£
      4.0
.5    3.5
o

a.
      3'°50
100                 500    1000

    Fatty Acid  Concentration (mgA)
5,000
    Figure  18.   Relation Between pH of Inflection Point and Fatty
                         Acid Concentration

-------
en
CO
                o
                •o
                10
                \
                o>
                 o
                 O)
                cr
                 0>
.0
3
in
                rr
                     7.0
                     6.0-
     5.0 -
     4.0-
     3.0-
                     2.0-
                     1.0
                                            "I^ai      f
                                                                  /
                                                                     8000
1	1	1
       Author           Waste

 VArora etal(!975)         ( I)
 BCaudill (1968)           (2)
 ^Speece and Clark(l969)      (3)
 OEI-Shafie and Bloodgoodll973) (4)
 AForee and Reid (1973)     (5)
 a Foree and Horsley (1972)    (6)
 OHovious etal(l972)       (7)
 D Jennett and Dennis (1975)   (8)
 O Mueller and Mancini (1975)  (9)
 OPailthorp et al (1971)      (2)
' APIummer et al (1968)      (10)
 A Taylor (1972)           (II)
 O Young and Me Carty(l968)  (9)
 A Young and Me Carty (1968)  (9)
 • Young and Me Carty (1968) (3)
 A Young and Me Carty (1968) (3)
 D Young and Me Carty (1968) (3)
 O Young and Me Carty (1968) (3)
*• Young and Me Carty (1968) (3)
 VThis Study
                                                               'Strength
                                                              (mg/Jj  COD)
                                                                300-5610
                                                                400-1000
                                                                6400   -
                                                                11,800
                                                                12,900
                                                              6000-27,000
                                                                2000
                                                              1000-16,000-
                                                                4800
                                                                3000
                                                                8500
                                                                8800
                                                                 1500   ~
                                                                3000
                                                                 375
                                                                 750
                                                                1500
                                                                3000
                                                                6000
                                                                                                         1
                        0
                 500
1000      1500     2000      2500    3000

        Soluble Effluent Concentration (mg/j? COD)
                                                                                              3500
                                                                                        4000
                                       4500
                      Figure 19.   Effect of Substrate Removal  Rate on  Effluent Concentration as
                                   Measured in  Different Studies  using Various  Wastes

-------
were 850 mg/l and 32,000 mg/l (present study), 240 mg/£ and 13,000 mg/£
(Foree and Horsley, 1972), 230 mg/l and 4,800 mg/l (Mueller and Mancini,
1973), 100 mg/l and 500 mg/l (Arora 
-------
of Plummer vt at,  (1968)  gave values  of 3.5 kg  COD/m3 day  and 850 mg/£
respectively using three  of the four  reported data  points.  These maximum
rates also tended  to increase with biodegradability of  the substrate and
                 q
were 1.8 kg COD/m   day with a corresponding BOD/COD ratio  of 0.52  (Arora
o£ al., 1975), 3.5 kg COD/m3 day with a BOD/COD ratio of 0.61  (Plummer
vt al., 1968) and  7 kg COD/m3 day with a BOD/COD ratio  of  0.65  (El-Shafie
and Bloodgood, 1973).  Of all studies, the highest  rate was reported by
                                                                      Q
Mueller and Manzini (1975) who observed a removal rate  of  15.6  kg  COD/m
day using a biodegradable dextrose-peptone mixture.

Specific Surface Area
Both Equation (8)  and (11) indicate that the specific  surface  is  the next
most important factor determining the rate of substrate removal.   When the
k2'u-values (in Equation  11) obtained by dividing the  rate of  substrate
removal by the substrate  concentration obtained at  low  substrate  concentra-
tions were related  to the specific surface area in each  reactor,  no
definitive correlation was observed (Figure 20).  Excluded from Figure  20
were the data from those studies in which an increase  in  removal  rate did
not correspond to an increased substrate concentration as  a result of which
the kp values approached  infinity.  This was mainly due to the fact that
none of the studies evaluated specific surface areas using the same sub-
strate.  Five studies, that evaluated the effect of specific  surface areas
using aerobic trickling filter, are included in Figure 20 and  all  show  an
increasing kp value as a result of the increasing  surface area as predicted
by Equation (11).   The relation tends to be linear at low surface areas  but
becomes less than linear at high surface areas.  This  can be attributed  to
the bacterial growth which tends to fill up the void spaces as result of
which the specific surface area at the liquid-biofilm interface becomes
smaller than the  specific surface area of the filter medium.   Thus, although
insufficient data are available from the different anaerobic filter studies,
all results shown in Figure  20 tend to  indicate that the value of k2 would
increase with increasing surface area.  As  synthetic media having large
surface areas are several times more  expensive than the rock media generally
used, selection of the required specific  surface area should be based on
economic considerations.
                                      55

-------
                o
                TJ
tn
         O  Bruce etal
Aerobic  IA  Cook and Fleming (1974)
Trickling 
-------
Temperature
The effect of temperature on rate of substrate removal  was evaluated in only
two studies.  Tadman (1973) using an industrial  waste and column filled with
Intalox saddles observed a 10 percent increase in removal efficiency when
the temperature was increased from 25°C to 35°C.  Caudill (1968) noted a
27 percent improvement in effluent quality when the temperature of an
anaerobic filter unit treating a dilute fatty acid solution was increased
from 26°C to 37°C.  A preliminary comparison of heating costs versus the
cost associated with increasing the specific area in the column by installing
more expensive high surface area synthetic filter medium would indicate
that the latter alternative is less costly in order to reach a desired
treatment efficiency.

Mass Transfer
The effect of the flow velocity on the mass transfer in anaerobic filters
as illustrated in Equations (11) (12) and (13)  is difficult to evaluate.
The most accurate data to  illustrate this effect were obtained from the
study  by Young and McCarty  (1968, 1969) when for a given flow rate  in the
column the substrate removal rate in each 30 cm segment was calculated
and related to the concentration leaving that segment.  Such calculations
resulted to the concentration leaving that segment.  Such calculations
resulted in relations similar to those  shown in Figure 19.  The calcula-
       A
the k2 77 values showed a  linear  increase with actual flow rates within  the
column when plotted  on log-log paper.   From the limited data an exponent
of 0.46 was calculated at  flow velocities ranging  from 1 to 10 m/d, which
approaches  the value of 0.5 predicted by Takeshi it  at.  (1972).   Since
the value  of  k2 is related  to K,  , this  in turn  indicates  that  it  is
beneficial  for a  given column volume to minimize the diameter whil
maximizing  the height of  the column  in  order  to obtain higher velocities
and thus higher Reynolds  numbers within the column.
                                       57

-------
                                  REFERENCES


Ames, W.  F.  e£  at. ,  "Transient  Operation  of  the Trickling  Filter," JOUA.
     Sanit.  Engnfi.. ftcv. ASCE, ««, SA3,  21  (1962).

Arora, H.  C.  &t at.,  "Treatment of  Vegetable Tanning  Effluent  by  the
     Anaerobic  Contact  Filter Process," Wote/L ?oJUtu£.  Con&iot  (GB) 74,
     584  (1975).

Atkinson,  B.  and Daoud, I.  S.,  "The Analogy  Between Microbiological Reactions
     and  Heterogeneous  Catalysis," T>UWA.  lvu>t. Cham.  Eng*. 46, 19 (1968).

Bruce, A.  M.  at at.,  "Research  Developments  in High Rate Organic  Reactions,"
     J. IMA*. Pub£. Uaatth  Eng*. , 69, 178 (1970).

Caudill,  H. ,  "Application of the Anaerobic Trickling  Filter to  Domestic
     Sewage  and Potato  Wastes,"  M.Sc. Thesis,  Dept. of  Civil Engr. University
     of Washington, Seattle, p.  62  (1968).

Chian, E.  S.  K. and DeWalle, F.  B., "Sanitary  Landfill  Leachates  and their
     Treatment," J. Env. Engng.  V
-------
 DeWalle,  F.  B.  and  Chian,  E.  S.  K. ,  "Biological  Regeneration of Powdered
      Activated  Carbon  Added  to Activated Sludge," (tiateA Ruzasich, in print


 DeWalle,  F.  B.  and  Chian,  E.  S.  K. ,  "The Kinetics of Formation of Humic
      Substances in  Activated  Sludge  Systems  and  their  Effect on Flocculation ,"
      &Lote.c.hnol.  and frionngng.,  14,  739  (1974).

 Eckenfelder,  W.  W. , "Trickling Filter Design and Performance," JOUA. Santt.
         i. Viv.  ASCE,  87,  SA4 , 33  (1961).
 El-Shafie,  A. T.  and Bloodgood, D.  E. ,  "Anaerobic Treatment in a Multiple
      Upflow System," J. Wot. PoUut.  ContAol Fed., 45, 2345 (1973).

 Foree,  E. G. and  Lovan, C. R. , "The Anaerobic Filter for the Treatment of
      Brewery Press Liquid Waste," Proceed. 26th Induct*. Wa&te. ConteA&nze.,
      Purdue University, Engr. Ext.  Series 140, 1074 (1971).

 Foree,  E. G. and  Horsley, E. E., "Advanced Studies of the Submerged Anaerobic
      Filter from  Brewery Press Liquor Stabilization," Dept. of Civil Engr.,
      University of Kentucky, Technical  Report UKY 48-72-CE, 41 p.  (1972).

 Foree,  E. G. and  Reid, V. M. , "Anaerobic Biological Stabilization  of
      Sanitary Landfill Leachate," Dept. Civil Engineering, University of
      Kentucky, Technical Report UKY TR  65-73-CE17, 43 p. (1973).

 Galler, W.  S. and Gotaas, H. B., "Analysis of Biological Filter,"  JOUA.
      Sanit.  Engi. tUu. ASCE, 90, SA6, 59 (1964).

 Germain, J.  E. , "Economic Treatment of  Domestic Waste by Plastic Medium
      Trickling Filters," 3ouJi. WateA  Poliut. Control Fede/u , 38, 192 (1964).

 Hanumanula,  V., "Effect of Recirculation on Deep Trickling Filter  Performance,"
      JOUA.  WateA PoZJLut. ContAol FedeA. , 41, 1803 (1969).

 Haug, R. T.  and McCarty, P. L., "Nitrification with the Submerged  Filter,"
      DePt.  of Civil  Engr., Stanford University, Technical Report,  149, 206 p.
      \ i  y/ 1 ; .

 Heukelekian, H.  and Heinemann, B., "Studies on the Methane Producing Bacteria.
      I.   Development of a Method for  Enumeration," S&oage. Wolfed JouAwl,  11,
      426 (1939).

 Hovious, J.  C.  et tt., "Anaerobic Treatment of Synthetic Organic Wastes,"
     Water  Poliut. Control  Research Series 12020 D 15 01/72, 202 p. (1972).

Jennett, J. A.  and Dennis,  N. D. , "Anaerobic Filter Treatment of Pharmaceutical
     Waste," J.  Wat.  PoUut.  Control Fed.,  47,  106 (1975).

Joslin,  J.   R. vt aJL, , "High Rate Biological  Filtration:   A Comparative
     Assessment," WcuteA ?oU,at.  ContAol, 70,  383 (1971).
                                      59

-------
 Kirsch,  E.  J.  and  Sykes,  R.  M. ,  "Anaerobic Digestion in Biological  Waste
      Treatment," PiogAe44 tnd. M£cAobJ.ol. ,  9,  155 (1971).
 Kornegay,  B.  H.  and  Andrews,  J.  F. ,  "Application  of the Continuous  Culture
      Theory to  the Trickling  Filter  Process,"  Proceed.  24th  InduA&t,  Wabte.
      Ccwjjetenee,  Purdue  University,  Engnr.  Extension Series,  735, 1398
      (1969).

 Lamb, R. and  Owen, S.  G.  G.,  "A  Suggested  Formula for the  Process of  Biological
      Filtration," Watvi  PoUwt.  Control, 69, 209  (1970).

 Lawrence,  A.  W.  and  McCarty,  P.  L. ,  "The Role  of  Sulfide in  Preventing  Heavy
      Metal  Toxicity  in Anaerobic Treatment," J. Wat.  PoMLut.  Con&iol  Fed.,
      37, 392  (1965).

 Levine,  M.  it at. , "Observation  on Ceramic  Filter Media and  High Rates  of
      Filtration," Sewage. WoAfci JOUA.  S, 701  (1936).

 McCarty, P.  L.  and Speece,  R. E. , "Nutrient Requirements in Anaerobic
      Digestion," Dept. of Civil  Engr., Stanford University, Technical
      Report,  25, 115 (1963).

 McCarty, P. L.  and McKinney,  R.  E.,  "Volatile  Acid  Toxicity  and Anaerobic
      Digestion," J.  Wat.  PoUut. Control fed., 33,  223  (1961).

 Moore, W.  A.  et at. ,  "Efficiency Study of a Recirculating  Sewage Filter at
      Centralia, Mo," Sewage and  lnduu>t>ual  Waa-tei,  22,  184 (1950).
Mosey, F. E. &t oJL. , "Factors Affecting the Availability of Heavy Metals
     to  Inhibit Anaerobic Digestion," J. Wat. Poltut. Control Fed., 74,
     18  (1971).

Mosey, F. E. and Hughes, D. A., "The Toxicity of Heavy Metal Ions to
     Anaerobic Digestion," J. Wat. Poilut. CoyvUioJi Fed., 74, 18  (1975).

Mueller, J. A. and Mancini, J. L., "Anaerobic Filter Kinetics and Application,"
     Proceed. 30th InduAtA.. Wcu>t^ Con^eA-ence, Purdue University, West
     Lafayette (1975).

Nusselt, W. , ZCA*. VeAh. Pen*. IYIQ. , 60, 569 (1916).

Oleszkiewics, J. A., "Efficiency of Plastic Media Trickling Filters Operating
     Under Extreme Organic Loadings," Proceed. 7tk Int&in. Con^etemie dloutoA
     Potiut. Re4eoA.eJt, Paris, Paper 3B (1974).

Pailthorp, R. E. it aJL. , "Anaerobic Secondary Treatment of Potato Process
     Waste Water," Paper presented at the 44th Water Pollut. Control Fed.
     Annual Conf . , San Francisco (1971).

Pirt, S.  J., "A Quantitative Theory of the Action of Microbes Attached to a
     Packed Column:  Relevant to Trickling Filter Effluent Purification and
     to Microbial  Action in Soil," J. Appl. Chm. Rto-tecfw. 23, 389 (1973).

                                      60

-------
Plummer, A.  H.  e£ at. ,  "Stabilization of  a  Low  Solids  Carbohydrate Waste by
     an Anaerobic Filter,"  Proceed 23td InduAtA.  Watte. Contf&tenc.e, Purdue
     University, Engr.  Ext.  Series J32, 462 (1968).

Rinke, G. and Wolters,  "Technology of Plastic Trickling Filter Media,"
     Ptoceed. 5th Int&in.  WateA. Potiut, Raaeo/ich Con^etence,  San  Francisco,
     Paper 11-15 (1970).

Saunders, P. T. and Bazin,  M.  J., "Attachment of Micro Organisms  in  a  Packed
     Column:  Metabolic Diffusion Through the Microbial Film  as a Limiting
     Factor," J. App£.  Ckw.  &U>ti.cA, 2, 393 (1968).

Truesdale, G. A.  vt at., "A Comparison of  the Behavior of Various Media in
     Percolating  Filters," J.  lvu>t. Pabi.  HeotC/i Engu., 60,  273 (1961).

Young,  J. C. and McCarty, P. L.,  "The  Anaerobic Filter for Waste Treatment,"
     Pn.oc.n2d.  22nd InduAtn. WaAte. Con^e/ience, Purdue University, Engr. Extensio
     Series, 729,  559  (1967).

Young,  J. C. and  McCarty, P. L.,  "The  Anaerobic Filter for Waste Treatment,"
     Dept.  of  Civil Engr., Stanford University, Technical Report 87, 235
      (1968).

/oung,  J. C. and  McCarty, P. L.,  "The  Anaerobic Filter  for Waste Treatment,"
     J. Wat. PoUat. Contiiot Fed., 41, R160 (1969).
                                       61

-------
                                     II

                PHYSICAL CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF LEACHATE AND
                         ANAEROBIC FILTER EFFLUENT


                                CONCLUSIONS

  It was concluded  that high-strength  leachates  cannot  be  effectively
  treated by physical-chemical  treatment  methods  such as activated carbon
  adsorption,  chemical  precipitation and  chemical  oxidation.  Activated
  carbon was observed to  have a  relatively  low sorptive capacity when used
  to treat  high-strength  leachates.  Although free volatile fatty acids,
  major  constituents of such leachates, have a relatively  low sorptive
  capacity,  even lower capacities were noted for the non-fatty-acid frac-
  tion in leachate using activated carbon adsorption isotherms.   Although
  an  initial removal rate as high as 72% was obtained in activated carbon
  columns through which the diluted leachate was passed, much lower
  removal percentages were observed after passage of several bed volumes,
 and almost complete breakthrough occurred after 200 bed volumes.   The
 column studies also illustrated the lower removal rate for the non-
 fatty-acid fraction in leachate.   Activated  carbon  treatment of leachate
 is also unfeasible because headless  builds up  rapidly  in  the column
 with the formation of  iron precipitates.   Although  most of these  precip-
 itates  were removed in the first  backwash, difficulty  was again encountered
 in subsequent runs.

 Substantially higher adsorptive capacities of activated carbon were found
 for biologically pretreated leachate.  Removal of biodegradable organics
 with an  anaerobic filter increased the adsorptive   capacity by 50%.
 Aerated  lagoon treatment of the anaerobic  filter effluent further removed
 low-molecular-weight organics,  resulting in an adsorption capacity of
 0.174 mg TOC/mg AC, a value approximately  2.5 times that observed for
untreated leachate.  Batch sorption tests  showed that color and aromatic
hydroxyls are removed at lower carbon dosages than are high-molecular-
                                    62

-------
weight carbohydrate-like materials.  Membrane fractionation of the
anaerobic filter effluent followed by activated carbon column treatment
of each fraction showed relatively low removal rates for both the high-
molecular-weight organics collected in the 18,000 MW UF retentate and
the low-molecular-weight organics present in the 150 MW RO permeate.
The highest removal rates were observed for fulvie-like organics of
intermediate molecular weight.  The increase in removal rates of organics
in anaerobic filter effluent treated by aerated lagoon as mentioned
previously was attributed to the higher adsorption characteristic of
the low-molecular-weight organics.

Organic matter removal by lime precipitation,  both before and after
aeration, produced removal rates as low as 20  to 25%, and this removal
was obtained at excessively large  dosages.  Other physical-chemical
methods tested, such as ozonation  and chlorination, resulted  in  similarly
low organic matter removal rates.  These  results clearly  show that
physical-chemical  treatment methods are not feasible  for  high-strength
leachates and that extensive  biological pretreatment  is required.  Of
all physical-chemical  methods tested, activated carbon  treatment pro-
duced the highest  organic matter  removal  rates.
                                    63

-------
                              INTRODUCTION

 Solid waste leachate generated as a result of infiltrating rainwater
 contains high concentrations of organic matter.   These substances can
 be removed by physical-chemical or biological treatment processes.
 After analyzing leachate samples from landfills  of different ages,
 Chian and DeWalle (1975) noted a change in organic matter composition
 with increasing age of the fill:  the percentage of free volatile fatty
 acids decreased, while the amount of refractory  fulvic-like organics
 increased with age.   Since free volatile fatty acids,  di- and tricarboxylic
 acids and alcohols are degradable by aerobic  and anaerobic bacteria, it
 was recommended that aerated lagoons and anaerobic filters be employed
 to remove organics from landfills which have  generated leachate  only
 recently.  Physical-chemical  methods such as  lime coagulation, activated
 carbon adsorption  and ozonation are generally less effective in  removing
 such organics.   Refractory organics generally formed by bacterial  or
 chemical  processes after removal  of the degradable substrate,  on the
 other hand,  are more amenable to removal  by physical-chemical  processes
 then by bacterial  processes.

 The above recommendations  have  been borne out by several  studies on  the
 treatability of leachate.   While  Boyle  and Ham (1974)  noted  a  93%  COD
 removal  in anaerobic  digestors,  Ho  et^ aj_.  (1974),  using  a  similar  leachate,
 obtained  only a  34%  COD  removal  rate  using activated carbon  at a maximum
 dosage  of 20,000 mg/1.   In  subsequent column  studies with  granular
 Filtrasorb 400,  maximum  COD removal  rates of  up  to  59% were  observed
 at  detention times greater  than  20  minutes, based  on analysis of the
 filtered  second  bed volume of leachate  passed  through the  column.  A pH
 reduction of the leachate to  reduce the  ionization  of the  dissociated
 free volatile fatty acids and to enhance  their adsorption  did not result
 in  increased COD removal; in fact,the opposite was  observed, with high
COD removals corresponding to high  pH.  A similar comparison showed that
anaerobic digestors were able to remove 99% of the  leachate COD,  while
                                    64

-------
activated carbon at a dosage of 160,000 mg/1  removed only 60%.   The
leachate studied was generated from a relatively recent fill,  and 65%
of the 2000 mg/1 of TOC consisted of free volatile fatty acids.   The
study further noted that the non-fatty-acid fraction of the organic
matter was adsorbed preferentially to the fatty-acid fraction.   After
biological treatment of a similar leachate, Pohland and Kang (1975)
obtained removal rates as high as 91%, indicating that biological treat-
ment followed by carbon adsorption will result in high organic matter
removal rates.  Cook and Foree (1974) obtained 68% COD removal  in the
first effluent bed volume when leachate was passed through an activated
carbon column.  Lime coagulation prior to the activated carbon treatment
increased the overall COD removal to 81%.  Van Fleet e_t al_. (1974)
observed a 71% COD removal in the first effluent bed volume when leachate
was passed through an activated carbon column.  Aluminum pretreatment
resulted in an overall COD removal rate of 94%.  The highest COD removal
percentage, 85%, was observed by Roy Weston Inc. (1974) at a carbon
dosage of 10,000 mg/1.  Because the leachate was obtained from an old
abandoned fill which had undergone considerable biological stabilization,
high adsorptive removals were to be expected.

These  previous  studies show that variable organic matter removal rates  can
be obtained in  landfill leachate using activated carbon, a fact  which may
well reflect  the variable nature of the organics.   While activated  carbon
treatment of  concentrated leachate from recently generating fills  was not
very effective, higher removal rates were obtained  with  leachate from
more stabilized fills.  High  removal rates can  perhaps  be  obtained with
a combination of coagulation  and adsorption or  of  biological pretreatment
and adsorption.  Chemical precipitation or chemical  oxidation alone were
not found to  be very effective  (Chian  and  DeWalle,  1976).

The purpose of  the present  study was  to  evaluate  in greater detail  the
effect of organic  matter  composition  on  adsorptive behavior using  leachate
samples  from  different  landfills,  employing  both  adsorption  isotherm
tests  and column  studies.   The  effect  of biological  pretreatment using
an anaerobic  filter, with  or without  further  aerobic effluent  stabilization,

                                     65

-------
on activated carbon adsorption was studies more extensively,  since
preliminary work showed that this treatment sequence resulted in  low
organic matter concentrations.
                               66

-------
                         MATERIALS AND METHODS

Batch adsorption tests were conducted with both undiluted  and  diluted
leachate samples to which increasing dosages of activated  carbon  were
added.  The tests were conducted with Filtrasorb 400 (Calgon,  Pittsburgh,
PA) added to rectangular 250 ml  precipitation bottles filled with 100  ml
of the sample.  Prior to adsorption, the leachate samples  were filtered
through a 0.45 ym Millipore membrane filter (Millipore,  Bedford,  MA) to
remove the small amount of suspended solids initially present, since
only the adsorption of soluble organics was to be evaluated in this study.
After the carbon was added, the samples were shaken for  24 hours  at
180 rpm.  Distilled deionized water blanks to which activated  carbon was
added were included to correct for the small amount of organic compounds
that dissolve from the carbon.  The column studies were  conducted with
columns 15 cm and 30 cm long having empty bed detention  times  of  1.5 and
3.0 minutes, respectively, at a flowrate of 10 cm/min (2.5 gpm/ft^)
maintained by means of an accurate FMI positive displacement metering
pump  (FMI, Oyster Bay, NY).  The columns were backwashed at a  rate of
                     p
24 cm/min (6.0 gpm/ft ) when the headless buildup exceeded 200 cm.  The
leachate used for the carbon tests was obtained from a lysimeter  filled
with milled solid waste to which simulated rainfall was added  (Chian
and DeWalle, 1976).

Anaerobic biological pretreatment of the leachate was accomplished with
the unit described in Chapter I.  Further aerobic degradation  was conducted
in a 80-liter batch reactor.  Before and after aeration the soluble
organic matter was characterized by molecular weight and major classes of
organics using colorimetric tests.  The molecular weight distribution  was
estimated using Sephadex G-25 and G-75 columns (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ).
Larger quantities of the various molecular-weight fractions were obtained
with a preparative ultrafiltration unit HFA-180  (Abcor, Cambridge, MA)
followed by concentration of the UF permeate with a reverse-osmosis B-10
Permeator (DuPont, Wilmington, DE).
                                     67

-------
Each fraction was passed through an activated carbon column.   Batch
coagulation studies were conducted using a 1-liter sample to which a
lime slurry was added.  Following addition of the slurry, the content
was rapidly mixed at 100 rpm for 1 minutes followed by slow mixing for
20 minutes at 25 rpm.   The liquid was then settled for 30 minutes.  The
various parameters were measured in the decanted supernatant.
                                  68

-------
                          RESULTS AND  DISCUSSION
  Initially,  the adsorption of the organic matter in the concentrated leachate
  was evaluated.  The results of these tests (Figure 21) show a relative low
  adsorptive  capacity:  0.045 mg TOC/mg AC, corresponding to a maximum COD
  removal rate of 73% at the highest dosage.  When the leachate obtained
  from the same lysimeter two years later was tested, its concentration had
  decreased to 29% of the initial concentration.  Its adsorptive capacity,
  however, was 6.5 times as high, possibly indicating that gradual biological
  stabilization of the solid waste and of the interstitial  leachate resulted
  in organics more amenable to physical  adsorption.   This explanation is
 also indicated by the results in Figure 21 since a higher maximum adsorp-
 tive capacity tends to be associated with a lower initial  organic matter
 concentration.   The positive effect of biological  stabilization  is further
 examplified by the results of Karr (1972), who noted  a maximum adsorptive
 capacity of 0.16 mg TOC/mg AC using leachate  without  any  biological  treat-
 ment.   Using a  similar wastestream after aerobic biological  treatment,
 Pohland and Kay (1975)  obtained a  capacity of 0.36 mg  TOC/mg AC  a factor
 of 2.3  higher.   Since  the  free  volatile  fatty acids are dissociated  at
 the pH  of  the leachate,  higher  adsorptive capacities are  to  be expected
 at decreasing pH  values  when  these  acids  are  no  longer  ionized.   The
 results in  Figure  21 indeed  show the highest  capacity at a pH  of 4.  The
 lowest  adsorptive  capacity was  observed at a  pH  of  8.   These results are
 contrary to  those  of Ho et ah  (1974), who did not  note any pH effect,
 quite possibly because of  the absence of  any  fatty  acids in the  analyzed
 sample.

 Since higher adsorptive capacities tended to  be associated with  lower
 initial concentrations, several adsorption tests were made at the lowest
 initial concentration noted in Figure 21; i.e., 120 mg/1 TOC.  Using the
diluted leachate dated 6/12/73, a maximum adsorptive capacity of 0 068
nig TOC/mg AC was obtained  (Figure 22), 1.48 times higher than the capacity
                                     69

-------
     1.0 IT
o»
     0.1
u
o
a.
a
O


o
o
(O
•o
0.01
   0.001

O Pohtand and Kang (1975)
V Roy Weston (1974)
A Ho et al (1974)
D Karr (1972)
A UI 6/12/73
• UI 8/6/75
x Enf i eld Conn 8/16/75 (pH6)
C0(mg/fTOC)
123
137
1690
2000
I3JBOO
395
5029
(X/M)0(mgTOC/mgAC)
0.36
0.092
0.60
a 16
0.046
0.30
0.155
            J—I  I  I 11
                  ILL
                            	I     I   II
      I   '  I '	
                                                                        I   I  I I  1111
                       10
                                   100
1000
IOJOOO
lOOjOOO
                             TOC  Equilibrium Concentration (mg/jf)
   Figure 21.  Activated Carbon Adsorption  Isotherms with Different Leachate  Samples

-------
o>
  O
 O
 O
 Q.
 O
 O
         O.I
        0.05
• Diluted  Leachate
O Acid Mixture At
  Constant AC Dose
                                     Co
                                 (mg/| TOC)
                                    120

                                    120
       0.01 -
                                    i—

                            (X/M)0
                           (mgTOC/mgAC)
0.068

0.145
                      •0                         50         100

                     TOC  Equilibrium  Concentration (mg/J)
      Dilute i'I>;uT*VMIiw" AdsorPtion Isotherms with a
      Diluted Leachate  Sample and a Fatty Acid Mixture
                                 71

-------
of the undiluted leachate, indicating that lower concentrations  do
correspond to higher capacities.   The increase,  however,  is  not  as  sub-
stantial as the increase of 6.5 times found for  the biologically stabilized
leachate.  Since the free volatile acids comprised 52% of the organic
matter in this leachate sample, an acid mixture  was made  having  the same
relative composition as the leachate sample; i.e., 20 rug/1  formic,
50 mg/1 acetic, 10 mg/1 propionic, 50 mg/1 butyric, 10 mg/1  isobutyric,
10 mg/1 paleric, 10 mg/1 isovaleric, 70 mg/1 hexanoic acid and 100 mg/1
NaCl to give an initial TOC of 120 mg/1.  Using  this acid mixture,  a
maximum adsorptive capacity of 0.145 mg/1 was observed 2.1  times as high
as that obtained with the diluted leachate sample.  This  result indicates
that the non-fatty-acid portion has a lower adsorption capacity  than
the fatty-acid fraction and that simple removal  of the free volatile fatty
acids, which occurs during aerobic biological stabilization, will not
result  in higher adsorptive capacities.  Removal of the non-fatty-acid
fraction and bacterial excretion or formation of refractory fulvic and
humic acids may therefore be necessary before higher capacities are
obtained.

Different methods of arriving at adsorption  isotherms were next evaluated.
While the results shown in Figure 22 for the acid mixture were obtained
with a  constant carbon dosage and increasing dilution of the acid mixture,
the acid mixture results  in Figure 23 were obtained with a constant
organic matter concentration and  increasing  activated carbon dosages.
Although  the maximum adsorptive capacity  in  both  cases was the  same, the
slope of  the  isotherm  was  lower using  the  constant carbon dosage;  i.e.,
the value of  n decreased  from  1.0 to 0.79.   Since the low adsorptive
capacity  at  low equilibrium concentrations  often  results from the  presence
of a  nonadsorbable  fraction, dilution  of  the organic matter  concentration
and therefore  reduction of the nonadsorbable fraction at a constant
carbon  dosage  will  result in a higher  adsorptive  capacity than  will  the
use of  an undiluted sample with  increasing carbon dosages, since even
very  high carbon dosages  will  not remove this nonadsorbable  fraction.
                                     72

-------
        0.
e
a
E
   o
   <
      0.05
X  3E
  >»

 'o
 O
 V)
      0.01

O Acid Mixture With
Increasing AC Dose
A Acid Mixture With
NaCI Addition
C0
120
120
(X/M)0
0.145
0.088
                     10                         50          100

                    TOC Equilibrium  Concentration  (mgA)
 Figure 23.  Activated Carbon Adsorption  Isotherms with  a

                    Fatty Acid Mixture
                                 73

-------
It is known that with increasing leaching of the landfill  the cation
composition gradually changes, resulting in relatively higher sodium and
lower calcium concentrations.   During biological treatment of leachate,
similar relative changes occur.  To study this effect, sodium chloride
was added to the sample to give a final concentration of 2000 mg/1.   The
results in Figure 23 show that adding salt decreased the maximum adsorp-
tive capacity to 61% of the initial capacity, while the slope of the
isotherm increased from 1.0 to 1.1, indicating that a high sodium chloride
concentration reduces the adsorption of organics.  The low adsorptive
capacity obtained with the undiluted leachate may therefore be caused by
the high salt content, which could interfere with the organic matter
adsorption.

To compare the batch adsorptive capacities with those obtained during
continuous flow conditions, three activated carbon column tests were
conducted using the diluted leachate and the fatty acid mixture.  The
undiluted leachate was also tested but resulted in rapid clogging of
the activated carbon column, primarily caused by oxidation of the ferrous
iron and formation of hydroxide precipitates.  The effluent of the carbon
columns was monitored for TOC, and the results in Figure 24 show that the
initial bed volume of leachate passing through the column experienced a
TOC removal rate of approximately 59% in the 15-cm column.  A 76% removal
rate was observed in the 30-cm column, comparable to the removal percentage
obtained in the batch process.  These removal rates, however, are observed
only for the initial bed volumes passing through the column.  The TOC
exhibited an immediate, rapid  breakthrough,  leveling off after about
200 bed volumes.  Further passage of the leachate continued to remove
approximately 8% of the TOC.   These results  clearly show that although
high removals can be obtained  with activated carbon, rapid organic matter
breakthrough precludes  its consideration as  a serious treatment alterna-
tive for raw leachate.  Further complications are the rapid buildup of
headless and difficulties in  backwashing the column.
                                     74

-------
en
             o
            O
O  Diluted  Leachate, Column  Length 15 cm

A  Diluted  Leachate, Column  Length 30 cm

D  Acid  Mixture    , Column  Length 15 cm
                                           300    400    500     600

                                              Number  Of  Bed Volumes (-)
                        700
800
900
              Figure 24.  Breakthrough  of  Effluent TOC in Diluted  Leachate and Acid Mixture
                                Passed  Through Activated Carbon  Columns

-------
At the termination of the column test after slightly more than  900 bed
volumes had passed through the 15-cm column, the adsorptive capacity was
calculated to be 0.037 mg TOC/mg AC, a value equal  to 56% of the adsorp-
tive capacity obtained in the batch test.   A comparison of the  adsorptive
capacities of the 15-cm and 30-cm columns  after 208 bed volumes showed
that the former column had reached a capacity of 0.019 mg TOC/mg AC,
while the latter column reached 0.011 mg TOC/mg AC.  When the acid mixture
was passed through a 15-cm column, partial breakthrough took place after
250 bed volumes, and a further breakthrough occurred after 600  bed volumes.
The adsorptive capacity observed at the termination of the run  was 0.118
mg TOC/mg AC, or 81% of the value obtained from the batch data.  Since  the
adsorption of organics in carbon columns is often limited by film diffu-
sion, lower capacities are to be expected  when using columns rather than
single dosages.  The smaller discrepancies between the batch and column
tests using the fatty acid mixture may be attributable to the more rapid
diffusion of these compounds compared to non-fatty-acid organics.  To
eliminate some of the effects of film diffusion, the longer 30-cm column
was used for further research.

In the activated carbon column studies, the column was backwashed when
the headless reached 200 cm.  The results in Figure 25 show that the
headloss in the 30-cm column increased approximately 2.5 cm for every
bed volume of diluted leachate passed.  The suspended solids content of
the undiluted leachate was 94 mg/1.  This value decreased only to 8.1
mg/1 when the leachate was diluted  at a ratio of 1:115.  It was evident
that another factor was contributing to the suspended solids content in
the diluted leachate, since dilution alone would have resulted in a
concentration of only 1 mg/1 or  less.  The  leachate darkened after
dilution, probably a result of partial oxidation of the  ferrous  iron
content, which amounted to 25 mg/1  in the diluted  leachate.  When fully
oxidized, this amount of  iron could result  in a suspended  solids concen-
tration of 48 mg/1.  It was also observed that a light brown precipitate
accumulated at the top of the column.  Entrance of the leachate  into the
carbon column caused its color to change  from a dark  brown-green  to  light
brown, while a clear effluent was obtained  at the  bottom of  the  column.

                                     76

-------
    250
    200
E
o

CO
T3
O
0)
X
    150-
    100-
     50-
                                     V Diluted  Leachote

                                     V id After I   Backwash

                                     O Anaerobic  Filter  Effluent
                                        (8/1 to 2/27)

                                     • id After  I  Backwash

                                     A Anaerobic Filter  Effluent
                                        Lime Treated

                                     D Anaerobic Filter Effluent
                                        Aerated  and  Lime Treated
                        50               100

                       Number of  Bedvolumes (-)
                                                          150
     Pr"; J^dH°SS bu1IduP during  passage of diluted leachate and
     Pretreated anaerobic filter effluent through activated
                         carbon columns
                                 77

-------
The data  in Figure 25 include for comparison the headless buildup
observed  when anaerobic filter effluent was passed through the carbon
column.   The anaerobic filters were fed the same leachate as that used
for the carbon adsorption studies.  Although the suspended solids con-
tent of the anaerobic filter effluent was as high as 240 mg/1 and this
effluent  was not diluted before it entered the carbon column, the buildup
of headloss in the column was comparable to that for diluted leachate.
Visual observation also showed that the anaerobic filter effluent resulted
in a layer of relatively coarse suspended solids on top of the bed.  It
did not form a gelatinous-like encapsulation of the carbon particles as
did the diluted leachate.

After the passage of 67 bed volumes, the 30-cm carbon column was backwashed
with distilled water at a rate of 24 cm/min.  The initial backwash water
had a maximum iron concentration of 975 mg/1 and a TOC of 108 mg/1, which
after 6.7 bed volumes decreased to 0.2 mg/1 iron and a TOC of 40 mg/1.
No further TOC reduction was realized, since the adsorbed organics were
gradually desorbing.  By subtracting these minimum concentrations, the
total quantity of material removed and its rate of removal from the carbon
bed during backwashing could be calculated (Figure 26).  Since this amount
of material accumulated throughout the 67 bed volumes, the recovered
quantity  can be converted to the equivalent influent concentration
removed in the activated carbon bed.  The equivalent iron concentration
removed was calculated to be 22 mg/1, or 88% of the initial  content,
while the equivalent TOC content was 1.1 mg/1, or less than 1% of the
initial content.  Since analysis of the column effluent showed that 99.8%
of the iron was removed in the column, an amount equivalent to 12% of the
initial content remained in the carbon bed.

Further evaluation of the removal  rate during the backwash indicated that
it occurred at a logarithmic rate with respect to time.  During the first
backwash,  more than 90% of both the iron and the TOC were removed with
the first  three bed volumes (Figure 26).  Since most of the hydroxide
solids  in  the carbon column were removed during the backwash, the rate
                                    78

-------
    100
 o
 0)
 o.
O
 O
 O
CD
O
o>
o
E
0>
or
0)
§•

     10
    O.I
           Dilute-Out
           Of Completely
           Mixed  Reactor
      0    I
O  Iron  Removal During First
   Back Wash
A  TOC  Removal During First
   Back Wash
•  Iron  Removal During Second
   Back Wash
A  TOC  Removal During Second
   Back Wash

     -I	I	I     I      I
      2
34     5678

Number Of Bed Volumes (-)
                                                           10    II    12
Figure  26.   Removal  of accumulated iron and organic matter  during
              backwashing of activated carbon columns
                                   79

-------
 of headloss  buildup during  the  second  part  of the  test  was  comparable
 to that during  the  initial  period  (Figure 25).   Complications,  however,
 were encountered  during  the backwash after  the  second period; it was
 found more difficult to  break up the carbon particles cemented  together
 by the iron  hydroxide, and  additional  agitation of the  top  of the  bed
 was required.   This increased cementing  of  the  particles was also
 reflected  in the  slower  removal of iron  during  the second backwash
 (Figure 26),

 Although 90% iron removal was accomplished  in 3 bed volumes during the
 first backwash, it  required 8 bed  volumes in  the second backwash.   As in
 the first  backwash, the  iron recovered in the second backwash represented
 the major  portion of the  iron removed  by the  carbon column.  The water
 from the second backwash  contained  7.8 mg/1 of  the original leachate TOO,
 as compared  to  1.1  mg/1  recovered  during the  first backwash.  This
 difference may  indicate  that the second  backwash was mroe efficient in
 recovering the  removed organics as  a result of  the additional agitation.
 Also,  the  firmer  cementing  of the  carbon particles by iron  hydroxide may
 have been more  effective  in  coagulating  and precipitating certain  organics
 from the leachate.   This  finding is further substantiated by the results
 of the  15-cm carbon column  test (Figure  24),  in  which a consistent TOC
 removal  of 18 mg/1,  or 8% of the original TOC was  observed, even though
 the carbon bed was  almost saturated.

 These results indicate that  rapid  breakthrough  of  organic matter occurs
 when  leachate is  treated  in  activated carbon  columns.  Rapid headloss
 buildup  and cementing of carbon particles posed  additional operational
 difficulties.  Since the results shown in Figure 21, however, indicated
 that biological  stabilization tended to  increase the adsorptive capacity
 of  the carbon, an extensive  study was made  of the  capacities obtainable
 after biological pretreatment of the leachate.   The biological  pretreat-
ment methods evaluated were  (1)  the anaerobic filter (AF)  and (2)  the
anaerobic filter followed by an  aerated  lagoon.  Adsorption isotherms
of the 0.45-nm-filtered effluent of the anaerobic  filter collected during
five sequential  periods are  shown in Figure 27.  The average adsorptive

                                    80

-------
                   1.0
               Q
             O
00
              o
              o
              a.
              o
              O
              o
              tn
                   O.I
                  0.01

0 5/30-8/4
A 8/4-8/20
o 8/20-9/15
A 9/15-1/10
• 1/10-2/27
• 8/11-8/20
After Aeration
C0
559
759
829
900
1105
630

(X/M)0
0.295
0.108
0.091
0.380
0.175
0.510

                     10
100                1000              10,000


  COD Equilibrium  Concentration (mg/J?)
100,000
      Figure 27.  Activated carbon adsorptive capacities ot leachate after biological pretreatment with the

                      anaerobic filter followed by aerated lagoon

-------
 capacity of the carbon during these five periods  was  0.102 mg  TOC/mg  AC
 or 0.261 mg COD/mg AC, a capacity 1.5 times  higher than  that obtained
 for the diluted leachate and 2.2 times higher than obtained for  the con-
 centrated leachate,  indicating that biological  pretreatment greatly
 enhances the adsorptive capacity.   Considerable variation, however, was
 noted between the individual  results; the capacity ranged from 0.091  to
 0.380 mg COD/mg AC.

 Increasing carbon dosages were added to aliquots  of the  AF effluent and
 the supernatants were  analyzed for  absorbance,  aromatic  hydroxyls, and
 carbohydrates in addition to TOC and COD.  The  ratios of the different
 parameters were then calculated  for the aliquots  of the  anaerobic filter.
 The results are shown  in Figures 28 and 29.   Generally,  when the ratio
 of a certain parameter increases with respect to  the COD it indicates
 that the COD is removed  to a  greater extent  then  that parameter.  When
 the ratio decreases, however,  that  parameter is removed  to a relatively
 greater extent  than the  COD.   Since the ratio of  COD to  TOC reflects  the
 oxidation state of organic compounds,  its  increase with  decreasing COD
 values  indicates that  oxygenated compounds having  a low  COD/TOC ratio
 are removed preferentially to  the remainder  of  the COD (Figure 28a).  At
 increasing dosages, however,  those  less-oxygenated organics having a  high
 COD/TOC ratio are removed, resulting in a gradual  decrease of  the COD/TOC
 ratio in the supernatant.  At  very  high carbon  dosages,  only highly
 oxygenated nonadsorbable compounds  remain  in  solution.

 Since the maximum of the adsorbance-to-COD ratio  (Figure 28a) occurred
 at  a  slightly lower COD  value  than  the  maximum of  the COD/TOC ratio,
 the  absorbance  or color  was removed  slightly  later than  these oxygenated
 compounds.   The  maximum  of the aromatic  hydroxyls-to-COD ratio occurred
 at  slightly  lower COD  values than the absorbance/COD ratio,  indicating
 that  these compounds,  in  turn, were  removed  slightly after the color
 (Figure  29a).  Aromatic  hydroxyls are often associated with fulvic-like
materials  that exhibit high adsorptive  capacities.  The maximum of the
carbohydrate-to-COD ratio occurred at the lowest COD values,  indicating
that  these compounds are only removed after most other compounds are

                                    82

-------
                        J-I2-K)"
00
CO
                                                                             O  5/30-8/4
                                                                                8/4-8/20
                                                                             a  8/20-9/15
                                                                             A  9/15-1/10
                                                                             •  1/10-2/27
                                                   500
IOOO
1500
                                                        COD  (mg/i)
        Figure 28.  Ratio of absorbance to COD and ratio of COD to TOC at decreasing COD concentration
          corresponding to increasing activated carbon dosages added  to the anaerobic filter effluent

-------
X
o
"5


ll
oQ
08
 a
 o
 o
  V)
  a>
 TJ
 >,
  O
 JO
 O

 O

 O
 tr
        0.03
       0.02
       0.01
   0


 0.14

 0.12

 0.10

 0.08

 0.06

0.04

0.02
                                                   o  5/30-8/4
                                                   A  8/4 -8/20
                                                   a  8/20-9/15
                                                   X  9/15- I/10
                                                   •  I/10 - 2/27
                              500
                                           1000
                                                                     1500
                                   COD (mg/Jt)
Figure 29.   Ratio of aromatic hydroxyls to COD and ratio of carbohydrates
       to COD at decreasing COD concentrations, corresponding to
          increasing activated carbon dosages added to the
                       anaerobic filter effluent
                                    84

-------
 already adsorbed onto the carbon.  The carbohydrate concentration often
 reflects the presence of high-molecular-weight humic-carbohydrate-like
 organics.  These compounds generally have a low adsorptive capacity
 because of their large molecular weight, which hinders their micropore
 penetration (DeWalle and Chian, 1974).

 Because variable adsorptive capacities  were observed (Figure 27), the
 magnitude of the maximum adsorptive capacity was related  to other
 parameters measured in the anaerobic filter effluent to detect  any
 systematic trend.   It was found that the magnitude tended to increase
 with the absolute concentration of aromatic hydroxyls; it did not cor-
 relate, however, with the ratio of aromatic hydroxyls to  COD or the
 ratio of aromatic hydroxyls to carbohydrates.   These results indicate
 that absolute  aromatic hydroxyl  concentrations may be a valuable para-
 meter for predicting adsorptive capacity.

 The results  in  Figure 27 also  show that aeration of the anaerobic filter
 effluent to  which  activated sludge was  added  increased the adsorptive
 capacity from  0.108 to 0.51  mg  COD/mg AC, a 4.7-fold  increase (Table  2).
 Since this value represents the  highest adsorptive  capacity obtained
 in  the study, a  more extensive  analysis was made of the changes  in
 organic matter content that occur  during  the aeration  step.

 Sixty liters of  anaerobic filter effluent were  placed  in  an  80-liter
 batch reactor to which  1000 mg/1 of activated  sludge was  added.   After
 the  sludge was added and aeration  had been started, samples  of the mixed
 liquor  were taken,  filtered, and analyzed for various  parameters.  The
 pH,  ORP, DO, and conductivity were measured before  filtration.  The
 results  in Figure 30 and 31 show that the COD decreased rapidly within
 a three-day period.  Parallel decreases were noted  for free volatile
 fatty acid concentrations and for turbidity.  Although some fatty acids
 remained in solution after the three-day period, their concentration was
close to the detection limit of the test.  Furthermore, acids other than
the free volatile fatty acids were also detected by the column
chromatographic method used for fatty acid analysis.  As the free

                                   85

-------
                               Table 2

          Measured Adsorptive Capacities for leachate and

               biologically pretreated leachate using

                    adsorption isotherms
Adsorbate
                   (x/m),
1. diluted leachate isotherm

2. undiluted leachate isotherm

3. acid mixture with constant
   AC dose isotherm

4. acid mixture with increasing
   AC dose isotherm

5. acid mixture with Nad
   addition isotherm

6. diluted leachate with AC
   column

7. acid mixture with AC column

8. anaerobic filter effluent
   isotherm
9.  AF effluent after aeration
   isotherm
 120 mg/1 TOC    0.068 mg TOC/mg AC

 13800 mg/1 TOC  0.046 mg TOC/mg AC


 120 mg/1 TOC    0.145^ mg TOC/mg AC


 120 mg/1 TOC    0.145 mg TOC/mg AC


 120 mg/1 TOC    0.088 mg TOC/mg AC


 120 mg/1 TOC    0.038 mg TOC/mg AC

 120 mg/1 TOC    0.118 mg TOC/mg AC
 317 mg/1 TOC
 834 mg/1 COD
225 mg/1  TOC
 630 mg/1 COD
0.102 mg TOC/mg AC
0.261 mg COD/mg AC
0.174 mg TOC/mg AC
0.52 mg COD/mg AC
                                  86

-------
00
    50
                40
H   30
-a


>,


1   20
                10
                 0L
                       500r
    400-
-S300-5!
                    •o

                    "5
                                                                        O	Q^onductivity
                                                                          10   -i 10,000
                       200-
    IOO-
                                                                                                        E
                                                                                                        u
                                                                                                       "o

                                                                                                        E
                                                                               5000
                                                                                     •o

                                                                                     o
                                                                                     o
                                                   Time of Aeration  (day)
                      Figure 30.  Changes of different parameters in the filtered mixed liquor

                             occurring during aeration of the anaerobic filter  effluent

-------
         +200 -
I
o.
   8
       0.
       (T
       O
•noo -
   7L
                                                            D	Color (0.45/i
                                                                Filtered)
                                 3456
                                 Time of Aeration (day)
                                                                        30
                                                                           5!
                                                                           o>
                                                                                 20
                                                                           X
                                                                           S
                                                                           •o
                                                                           >s
                                                                           I
 O40
 0.39
 0.38
 0.37 X
 0.36 o
 035 «
 0.34
 0.33
-0.32
  L3I
-"0.30
        Figure 31.  Changes  of different  parameters in the  filtered mixed  liquor
                occurring  during aeration of the anaerobic  filter'effluent

-------
 volatile fatty acids are biodegradable,  it  is  to  be  expected  that  they
 would be removed relatively rapidly.   During the  aeration  process,  small
 decreases followed by large increases  were  observed  for  the carbohydrate
 and aromatic hydroxyl  concentrations.  The  increase  in the latter  para-
 meter may reflect the increasing  presence of fulvie-like materials  generated
 during the biological  degradation process.  The increase in carbohydrates
 occurred after a three-day period when the  degradable fatty acids were
 removed from the solution.   Similar  increases  in  concentrations  of  high-
 molecular-weight humic-carbohydrate-like materials have  been  observed by
 DeWalle and Chian (1974b)  during  aerobic biological  treatment of leachate.
 The above results therefore suggest  that aeration of the anaerobic  filter
 effluent in the presence of activated  sludge tends to decrease the
 concentration  of low-molecular-weight  free  volatile  fatty  acids  while
 causing an increase  in  the  concentration of high-molecular-weight humic-
 carbohydrate-like materials and of intermediate-molecular-weight fulvic-
 like  materials.

 To  obtain  further insight  into the changes  in  compounds  of various
 molecular  weights the organics present in the  effluent of  the anaerobic
 filter  were  analyzed  by  gel  permeation chromatographic analysis  before
 and after  aeration.  The TOC data  from the  Sephadex  G-75 and  G-25 columns
 showed  that  considerable changes  occurred as a result of aeration (Figure
 32).  Most noticeable was the formation of  high-molecular-weight compounds
 excluded from  the Sephadex  G-75 columns as  they eluted at  20 ml.  Only
 organics with  a molecular weight  larger than 30,000  to 50,000 are excluded
 from  Sephadex  G-75.  The results of the G-75 tests further show  that
 after aeration fewer organics elute beyond  the inclusion of the  column,
 as indicated by the inorganic carbon (1C) peak detected at 51  ml.  This
 result was further illustrated by the G-25 Sephadex  tests,  in which the
 peak beyond the inclusion of the column almost completely disappeared.
 The organics detected around 50 ml in the G-25 eluate decreased to a
 lesser extent than did the low-molecular-weight organics.  These data
 therefore support the analytical  data shown  in  Figures  30 and  31, in
 that aeration decreases the concentration of low-molecular-weight organics
corresponding with a concurrent increase  in  high-molecular-weight organics,

                                     89

-------
5  60
o
o
          I	1	1	1	1	1	1
                                          I	1	1	1	1
Sephadex  G-75
Before  Aeration
    Sephadex G-75
    After  Aeration
    40
    20
    60
£  40
a
o
    20
       _  C
          Sephadex G-25
          Before Aeration
                      1C
. .   D
    Sephadex G-25
    After  Aeration
     20     30     40     50     60  20     30     40     50     60
            Edition Volume (ml)              Elution  Volume (ml)
Figure 32.  Sephadex  eluate of the organic matter in the anaerobic
           filter  effluent before and after  aeration
                                 90

-------
while the intermediate-molecular-weight organics tend to be relative
stable.

The adsorptive behavior of each molecular-weight fraction before and after
aeration was next tested using activated carbon columns.  Column break-
through tests represent the actual behavior in full-scale plants better
than do isotherms.  The anaerobic filter effluent, after removal of the
suspended solids, was divided into a high-molecular-weight fraction by
an 18,000 MW cutoff ultrafiltration (UF) membrane, an intermediate-
molecular-weight fraction using a 15 MW reverse osmosis (RO) membrane,
and a low-molecular-weight fraction consisting of the RO permeate.  The
results in Figure 33 show that while treatment of the unfractionated
anaerobic filter effluent results in a 68% COD removal rate, the rate
is only 52% for the high-molecular-weight fraction present in the 18,000
MW UF retentate.  The highest removal  percentage, 95%, was observed for
the RO retentate obtained after concentrating the UF permeate with a B-9
Dupont permeator.  A relatively low removal rate of 63% was also noted
for the RO permeate.  These results agree with the batch adsorption
data in Figure 28 and 29, which show a relatively rapid removal of the
aromatic hydroxyls often associated with intermediate molecular weights
but less rapid adsorption for the carbohydrates often associated with
high-molecular-weight organics.

Different results were obtained after aeration of the anaerobic filter
effluent.   The COD removal percentage for the unfractionated sample
increased from 68% to 80% (Figure 34).  The initial removal of COD from
the UF retentate increases slightly from 52% to 58%, while the removal
from the RO retentate decreased slightly from 95% to 90%.  The RO
permeate containing the low-molecular-weight polar compounds showed
the largest improvement, however.  Its COD removal rate increased from
63% to as much as 96%, indicating that aerobic biological treatment
causes the largest changes in concentration and character of low-
molecular-weight organics which permeate the 150 MW RO membrane.
                                    91

-------
   0°
   o
     o
   C_>
   "N.
   O
     o
   O
   x.
   O
   0°
   o
O  COD
A  Color
D  Turbidity
           0
                      Number  of Bed  Volumes  (-)
Figure 33.   Breakthrough of COD, color and  turbidity in activated carbon
   effluent  during passage of A) unfractionated anaerobic filter
      effluent B) 18,000 MW UF retentate of A  C) UF permeate
        and  RO retentate of A D) UF and RO  permeate of A
                                  92

-------
                                               O  COD
                                               A  Color
                                               D  Turbidity
                            50               100
                      Number of  Bed  Volumes (-)
Figure  34.   Breakthrough of COD, color,  turbidity  in activated carbon
   effluent  during passage of A) unfractionated aerated anaerobic
     filter effluent, B) 18,000 MW UF retentate of A, C) UF
     permeate and RO retentate of A, D) UF  and RO permeate of A
                                93

-------
While previous studies clearly indicate that activated carbon will  result
in the largest organic matter removal rates (Chian and DeHalle, 1976), a
limited study was made of the effectiveness of lime treatment.   The TOC
reduction in leachate using lime coagulation was 26%, and it decreased to
20% in the leachate pretreated by the anaerobic filter (Figure 35).
Aeration of the anaerobic filter effluent resulted in a TOC removal
of 23% (Figure 36).  These removal efficiencies were obtained at exces-
sively high dosages up to 7000 mg/1,  resulting in a sludge volume of
15%.   Aeration of the anaerobic filter effluent did decrease the required
lime dosage by about 50%, but even at the lower dosage the sludge volume
was not greatly reduced.
                                   94

-------
                 I5OO
in
                 IOOO -
              o>

             o
                 500-
                                                                1500
                                                                1000
o
i
I IO
o
                                                                                         0
                                                                                         o
                                                                                         c
                                                                      o
                                                                500  5
                                                                     £
                                                                     i
                                                                                         o
                                                                                         o
O    IOOO  20OO   3OOO  4OOO   5OOO   60OO  7OOO  8C

              Lime  Dosage (mg/£) As  C4(OH)2
                                                                           90OO
                                                                                  -"0
    15
                                                                                                  Q70
                                                                                                  0.60
10   - 0.50  -
      
-------
                  I500A
                 1000-
               55

               I
               o
               o
               o
10
cr>
500 -
                                  1000          2000           3000


                                   Lime  Dosage (mg/£)  As C4(OH)2
                                                          4000
                                                                                       0 J
                                                                                           1500  -.15 -,1.5  -,13
                                                                             o>



                                                                             o

                                                                             i
                                                                             a;

                                                                             o

                                                                         toooj-
    m

    •o
    c
    a


    £
    o
    c



500 |

    o

                                                                                                 sl-fc
                                                                                                  CO
                                                                              Jo -k
1.0 -

  E
  c

  O
  O
                                                                                                         12
           Figure 36.
      Effect of lime  precipitation treatment  of aerated anaerobic  filter effluent

              on different  parameters measured  in  the supernatant

-------
                              REFERENCES


Boyle, W. C.  and Ham, R.  K.   "Treatment of Leachate from Sanitary Landfills,"
     Jour.  Mater Pollution Control  Fed. 46, 860 (1974).

Chian, E. S.  K. and DeWalle, F. B.   "Sanitary Landfill  Leachates and their
     Treatment,"  Amer.  Soc. Civil  Engrs.. Jour. Env. Engr.  Div. 102,
     411 (1976).

Cook, E. N. and Foree, E.  6.  "Aerobic Biostabilization of Sanitary
     Landfill Leachate,"   Jour. Water Pollution Control Fed., 46, 380
     (1974).                                                   ~~

DeWalle, F. B. and Chian,  E. S. K.   "Removal of Organic Matter by Activated
     Carbon Columns,"  Amer. Soc. Civil. Engrs.. Jour.  Env.  Engr. Div. 100,
     1089 (1974a).

DeWalle, F. B. and Chian,  E. S. K.   "The Kinetics of Formation of Humic
     Substances in Activated Sludge and their effect on Flocculation."
     Biotechn. Bioengr..  14., 739 (1974b).

Ho, S. et_ aj_.  "Chemical  Treatment of Leachates from Sanitary Landfills,"
     Jour.  Mater Pollution Control  Fed.. 46, 1776 (1974).

Karr, P. R.  "Treatment of Leachate from Sanitary Landfills "Special
     Research Problem, School of Civil Engineering, Georgia Institute
     Technology, Atlanta,  Georgia,  Oct. (1972).

Pohland, F. G. and Kang,  S.  J.  "Sanitary Landfill Stabilization with
     Leachate Recycle and Residual  Treatment," Amer. Inst. Chem. Engr.
     Symp.  Series No. 145, Water-1974, vol. 71, 308  (1975).

Roy, Weston  "Intern Report, Leachate Treatability Study, New Castle County
     Delaware," Roy F. Weston  Inc., West Chester, PA (1974).

Van Fleet, S. R. et_ aJL   "Discussion, Aerobic Biostabilization of Sanitary
     Landfill Leachate," Jour. Water Pollution Control Fed., 46, 2611
     (1974)>              	  —'
                                     97

-------
                                   Ill
                TREATMENT OF A HIGH STRENGTH SOLID  WASTE
                    LEACHATE WITH  THE  AERATED LAGOON

                              CONCLUSIONS

 It was concluded that  aerated lagoon  treatment of  high strength
 leachate with  a COD of 57,900 mg/1  could  remove  between 93% and 96.8%
 of the organic matter  without any pretreatment of  the influent
 leachate at  detention  times  ranging from  85.7 days to as low as 7 days.
 An extensive evaluation  of  phosphate  requirements  showed that the COD:P
 ratio  in the influent  of the  30 day unit  should  be at least 300:1.  For
 units  with a retention time of 85.7 and 60  days, they were even able to
 be operated  with a  COD:P ratio of 1540:1  in  the  feed solution.  Cessa-
 tion of nutrient addition at  a COD:P  ratio  of 165:1 to the units
 operated at  relatively low detention  times  caused an immediate increase
 in effluent  organic  matter, a  decrease in biological MLVSS and a
 deterioration  of the sludge settling  rates.

 All units showed high  removals of heavy metals,  especially for iron
 (>99.9%), zinc  (99.9%),  calcium (99.3%) and magnesium 75.9%).   Lower
 removals were observed for sodium  (24.1%) and potassium (17.1
The dewatering characteristics of the sludge of the 30 day unit were
greatly improved by addition of cationic polymers and inorganic coagu-
lants.  An approximate 20 times increase in sludge specific resistance
was obtained at polymer dosages varying between 0.15% to 1.5% and
inorganic coagulant dosages of 2.9% to 25.5% on the basis of dry sludge
weight.  These increases in specific resistance corresponded to 6 times
increases in vacuum filter yields.
                                  98

-------
                             INTRODUCTION

The conventional  sanitary landfill  is  considered  one of  the safest
and least expensive methods  currently  used  for  the  disposal of munici-
pal solid wastes.   In areas  where groundwater is  polluted  by  leachate,
however, the sanitary landfill  becomes less attractive as  a solid waste
disposal alternative.  Leachate which  is  defined  as a liquid  draining
from the refuse disposal  landfill and  primarily resulting  from infil-
trating rainfall  often contains a high concentration of  organic matter
and inorganic ions, including heavy metals.  The  magnitude of leachate
contamination depends largely on the amount, the  concentration, and
the extent of migration of polluting species.  These factors  in turn
depend on the quantity and composition of the refuse, the  age of  the
landfill, the hydrogeology of the site, and the climate.  Hence,
leachate contamination is a  matter of  real  concern  to design  engineers,
regulatory agencies, and municipalities involved  with solid waste
disposal.

To curb the pollution created by leachate,  three  preliminary  measures
are practiced today  (Chian and DeWalle, 1976):   (1) prevention  of
leachate production, (2) recirculation of leachate  back  onto  the
sanitary landfill, and (3) collection  and treatment of  leachate.
The first alternative seeks to minimize leachate  production  by  prevent-
ing rainfall and penetration of runoff water by installing a  low
permeable cover on the fill, diverting surface  runoff water  generated
upstream from the fill, and locating the fill in  areas  which  minimize
groundwater pollution.  These methods have met  with limited  success,
particularly when the fill was located in areas with fluctuating  water
tables, unfavorable  geological conditions, and irregular rainfall
patterns.  The disadvantage of the above strategy  is the reduction in
rate of landfill stabilization,  resulting  from the lower solid  waste
moisture content.  The ultimate  bearing capacity therefore becomes
lower.
                                   99

-------
  The  second  alternative  involves  the  application of the collected
  leachate  onto  the  top of  the fill by surface  irrigation.  As a
  resuH  the  moisture  content of the solid waste is increased and
  presumably  reaches an optimum necessary for anaerobic biological
  stabilization.   In this alternative, the leachate is stabilized at
  a  rate  equal to  that of the refuse itself, with the refuse function-
  ing as  an anaerobic trickling filter.

  The third alternative is the most recent in which the collected
  leachate is treated by biological or physical  chemical  methods.
 The amount of leachate to be treated depends primarily  on the pre-
 cipitation and the effectiveness  of  the cover  material.   In  this
 alternative the landfill  is lined with  an  impervious  barrier at the
 bottom of the fill  which enables  the  collection of the  leachate
 which is subsequently transported to  the location  of  the  treatment
 unit.   It has  been  found  that biological treatment methods are
 effective when  treating  leachate  generated  from recently  deposited
 solid  waste,  while  physical-chemical  methods yield better results
 when  treating  leachate from more  stabilized  solid  waste (Chian  and
 DeWalle, 1976).

 The purpose  of  this study was to  evaluate the  treatability of leach-
 ate from a recently installed landfill, utilizing  the aerated lagoon
 or  extended aeration process followed by physical-chemical processes
 for removal of  residual organics and  inroganics.   Sludge conditioning
 and dewatering were also evaluated.  To accomplish the treatment
 objectives, laboratory scale extended aeration units were operated
 under various loadings and levels  of nutrient addition.   Physical-
chemical processes considered for  treatment of the effluent from
biological extended aeration units include  ozone,  activated carbon,
ion exchange and reverse osmosis.
                                 100

-------
                AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT OF LEACHATE

 A preliminary study by Schoenberger et al_.  (1970)  indicated  that
 although the organic matter in leachate consists of molecules which
 are not assimilated easily, aerobic treatment  of leachate  still
 appears feasible.   Boyle and Ham (1974)  showed that aerobic  treatment
 of leachate without nutrient addition and with a detention time of 5
 days resulted in COD reductions between 80  and 93%  at  the  organic
 loadings of 0.545 kg COD/m3-day (0.034  Ib  COD/day/cu  ft)  and  1.04  kg
 COD/m -day (0.065 Ib COD/day/cu ft),  respectively.  An  increase  in
 organic loading from 1.04  to 1.75  kg  COD/m3-day  resulted  in a con-
 siderable reduction in  process  efficiency.  An organic  loading of
 6.1  kg/m -day (0.38 Ib  COD/day/cu  ft) with a  detention  time of 1 day
 was  unsuccessful.   The  combined treatment  of  leachate and municipal
 sewage in an extended aeration  activated sludge  unit was  feasible as
 a level  of at least 5%  by  volume of leachate  added to the sewage did
 not  seriously impair the effluent  quality.  Only when the unit received
 more than 5% leachate at a sludge  age of less than 11 days, did the
 effluent COD experience a  substantial increase.  The settling charac-
 teristics of the  unit decreased concurrently.

 Foree  and Cook  (1974) reported  the successful aerobic biological  treat-
 ment of  leachate with a COD  stabilization efficiency of greater than 97%
 The organic  loading was 1.68 kg COD/m3-day (0.0985 Ib COD/day/cu  ft),
 with a detention time of 10 days.  No major beneficial effect resulted
 from pH adjustment by lime.  The nutrient additions were found to be
 unnecessary at such a low organic loading,  but did improve the perfor-
 mance of  aerobic treatment slightly.   Nutrient additions were required
 at a detention time of 5 days with an organic loading of 3.16 Ibs
 COD/m3.day (0.197 Ib COD/day/cu ft),  and a  detention  time of 2 days
with an organic loading of 7.89 kg COD/m3-day (0.492  Ib  COD/day/cu  ft).

 Karr (1972) also found that the aerobic  treatment of  leachate,  produced
                                   101

-------
variable effluent qualities while operating at detention times  ranging
from 2 to 15 hours with COD loadings ranging from 4.5 to 54.2  kg  COD/
m3.day (0.28 to 3.38 Ib COD/day/cu ft).  However these units were able
to generate a sludge with good settling properties as the sludge  volume
index (SVI) was approximately 30.  In further studies in the same lab-
oratory, Pohland and Kang (1975) operated an aerobic biological leachate
treatment process with detention times varying from 8 to 2.3 hours and
organic loadings varying from 1.5 to 5.3 kg/m -day (0.094 to 0.33 Ib
COD/day/cu ft).  The concentration of leachate for this study  was very
low as compared with the studies mentioned above.  Both anaerobic and
aerobic treatment resulted in large reductions in the calcium,  mag-
newium, iron concentration; however, the reduction of Ca and Mg was-
larger in the aerobic units.  This was further substantiated by Karr
(1972) and Foree and Cook (1974).
                                   102

-------
         KINETIC CONSIDERATIONS IN AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT

 The oxidation of organic matter under aerobic conditions in extended
 aeration units is analogous to the natural purification process which
 occurs in rivers.  Aerobic conditions are maintained, provided that the
 rate of oxidation does not exceed the rate of reaeration.   When the
 concentration of organic matter is of such a magnitude that the oxidation
 rate exceeds the reaeration rate, anaerobic conditions may result.   In
 order to maintain an aerobic environment in treatment units,  it is
 generally necessary to supply additional oxygen  by means of mechanical
 or diffused aeration systems.

 Under conditions  of substrate  limiting,  the rate of biological  oxidation
 of organic  matter can be expressed by a  first order reaction  as follows:

                             dS    „ c
                             dt  =  K1S                                (1)
 where
      S  = concentration  of  substrate  surrounding the  microorganisms,
          mass/volume
      Kj = overall  first  order substrate  removal  rate  constant,  time"1

 It  has been  shown  that at high  concentrations of organic matter, the
 rate of oxidation and sludge growth is independent of the concentration
 of  substrate  (Eckenfelder and O'Connor,  1954).   For this case,  the rate
 of  substrate  removal  can be approximated by a linear function:

                            dS   „
                            dt " Ko                                (2)
where
     KQ = rate of substrate removal, mass/time

The oxidation kinetics are complicated in complex wastes, since the
constituents are  not oxidized at the same time and at the same rate.
                                   103

-------
 In order  to define the oxidation rate for these cases, a composite
 expression can be employed for concurrent substrate removal
                                                                   (3)
 in which K-| , K2, etc. are the rate constants for the respective concen-
 trations of constituents S, , Sp, etc., and S, + Sp + ...+ S  = S .

 In considering the rates of various biological oxidative systems,
 other factors such as the concentration of active solids in suspension,
 intensity of fluid turbulence, and the level of dissolved oxygen must
 be taken into account.  In a large extended aeration lagoon sufficient
 turbulence is usually present to create a condition of uniform concen-
 tration throughout the reactor.   The concentration of substrate in  the
 effluent is therefore equal to the concentration of substrate in the
 lagoon itself.   A material balance of the substrate may be developed
 as follows:

  [Substrate applied] - [Substrate discharged] = [Substrate removed]

                            SOQ - SQ = (df} v                      (4)

 To simplify the equation,  it is  assumed that the oxidation of organic
matter in leachate proceeds by a first order reaction.   Then Equation
 (4) becomes
                            SQQ = SQ = K^V                        (5)
where
     SQ = concentration of substrate in influent,  mass/volume
     S  = concentration of substrate in effluent,  mass/ volume
     Q  = rate of flow, volume/time
     V  = volume of the extended aeration unit,  volume
                                  104

-------
  Equation  (5) may be re-expressed in the following manner:
                     so " 1 + ^(V/Q) " 1 + Kje                     (6)
      e = detention time of the unit, time

 Considering the effect of sludge solids, Equation (6) becomes
                          _-
                         SQ " 1  + K  X6                             (7)
 where
      S  = concentration of microorganisms,  mass/volume
      K1  = Kj-X
      Kj  = overall  first-order substrate  removal  rate  constant  per
           quantity of microorganisms,  volume/mass -time
 The efficiency,  E,  of substrate  stabilization  is
                                          K1, Xe
                                                                    (8)
 An  expression of mass  balance for the mass of microorganism in the
 aeration  unit at steady state condition can be written as:
                              -'-'d                       (9)
where
     Y  = growth yield coefficient, mass of microorganisms/mass of
          substrate utilized
     kd = microorganism-decay coefficient, time"1

The rate of food utilization, dS/dt, in the aeration unit can be
evaluated on a finite time basis:
                           At=V(So"S)                          (10)
                                  105

-------
Utilizing Equation (10), Equation (9) then can be solved for the mass
concentration of microorganisms in the aeration unit, X, to yield
                             V (S  - S)
Equations (7) and (11) were used extensively in this study to determine
the characteristics Kj , Y and k^, based on different hydraulic detention
time or biological  solids retention time, e.
                                  106

-------
                         MATERIALS  AND  METHODS

 Lyslmeter and  Solid Waste  Leachate
 The leachate used in  this  study was  obtained from a  large scale, simu-
 lated landfill  lysimeter located at  the  Univeristy of  Illinois, Urbana,
 Illinois.   Leachate was  collected  in batches each week and stored at
 4°C before use.   Samples were monitored  for TOC and  COD to ensure
 uniform concentrations.  The simulated landfill column consisted of
 an  epoxy-coated  steel  tank, lined with heavy duty PVC sheeting, having
 a diameter of  1.53 m  (5  ft) and a  height of 3.05 m (10 ft).  The solid
 waste used to  fill the lysimeter was collected in the Hartwell section
 in  Cincinnati, Ohio.   The  physical characteristics of the raw segre-
 gated solid waste prior  to shredding is  shown in Table 3 using a 483 kg
 sample.   A total  of 1520 kg (3358 Ib) of solid waste was placed in the
 lysimeter,  which  filled  it to a depth of 2.52 m (8.3 ft).  Deionized
 water was  added  during the filling operation to simulate a wet period
 during solid waste collection.   Also, this assisted in bringing the
 lysimeter  more rapidly to field capacity.  Thereafter, an equivalent
 of  0.089  cm precipitate  per week was added to generate sufficient
 leachate  for characterization and process evaluation.

 Leachate  samples  collected from the lysimeter were characterized with
 respect to  certain chemical and physical  properties.   The results are
 presented  in Table 4.   It may be concluded that these data are within
 the range of values reported in the literature for leachate composition
 (Salvato et al_.,  1972)

Aerated Lagoon
The aerated lagoon or biological  extended aeration process studies  were
conducted in six completely-mixed vessels fed with leachate.   The first
three of these units  consisted  of 3 liter plastic tanks with  detention
times of 30, 60,  and  85.7 days,  respectively.   Each  day these units  were
fed with 100, 50, and 35  m£ of  leachate,  respectively,  after  the  equiva-
lent volume of the mixed  liquor was withdrawn.   The  second three  units
                                   107

-------
                       Table 3
Physical  Characteristics  of Solid  Waste Placed  in  the
        Lysimeter Used for Leachate  Generation
Food Wastes
Garden Wastes
Paper
Plastics
Wood
Metals
Glass
Rock
Rags
Diapers
Total
Solid Waste Used
in this Study
Percent
11.63
8.34
43.75
4.66
0.61
10.85
15.82
1.20
--
3.13
99.9
Average Values Reported fo
Municipal Solid Wastes
(Salvato, 1972)
Percent
15
5
50
3
2
8
8
7
2
—
100
                           108

-------
                               Table 4

      Analysis of Leachate Collected from Solid Waste Lysimeter
Leachate Cone.
for Extended
Aeration Unit*
Parameter 1,2,3
PH
Conductivity
ORP
TOC
COD
COD/TOC
Tannins
Protein
Total Solids
Fixed Solids
% Volatile Solids
Calcium
Magnesium
Fatty Acids
FA (C) /TOC
Chloride (Cl)
Sulfate ($04)
Ammonia .Nitrogen (NH3-N)
Nitrate Nitrogen (NOs-N)
Organic Nitrogen (Org-N)
Ortho phosphate 0-P04 (P)
Total P04 (P)
Iron (Fe)
Copper (Cu)
Zinc (Zn)
Cadmium (Cd)
Chromium (Cr)
Lead (Pb)
Nickel (Ni)
Sodium (Na)
Potassium (K)
Ca
Mg
i~ " ~ " L~ • • • - ----- --
5.5
20,000
-50
19,400
57,900
2.99
800
1,480
41,580
20,030
51.8
3,650
525
21,400
0.50
1,800
1,500
540
0.1
760
1.4
4.5
2,125
0.15
72
-
0.52
0.92
1.7
1,350
1,240
3,780
660
Leachate Cone.
for Extended
Aeration Unit
4, 5, 6
5.5
_
_
11,773
35,237
2.99

_
-
_
_
3,000
300
_
_
_
_
_
-
-
-
-
1,020
_
55
-
„.
_
_
800
50
_
-
Range of
Concentrations**
3.5-8.5

_
_
0-89,500

_
mt
1,000-45,000

_
5-4,000
17-15,600

_
34-2,800
1-1,800
0-1,100
0-1,300
150-550
_
0-150
0.2-5,500
0-10
0-1,000
_
_
0-5
0.01-0.8
0-7,700
3-3,800
_
-
**
All concentrations in mg/£ except pH,  conductivity (pmho/cm)  and  ORP  (mV)
Salvato et al., 1972
                                    109

-------
 were 30, 15, and 7 liter plastic tanks with detention time of 30,  15,
 and 7 days, respectively.  The same rate of withdrawal  and filling was
 used daily for all three units (e.g., with every liter of leachate fed
 to the 30-day detention unit having a volume of 30 liters, one liter
 of mixed liquor was taken out}-  The leachate fed to these three units
 had a strength of about 60% of the leachate used earlier.   This  was a
 result of the addition of more deionized water to the lysimeter  in order
 to obtain more leachate to be fed to the last three units  having shorter
 detention times.

 Each unft was equipped; with several  porous glass air diffusers at  the
 bottom to provide complete mixing.   Phosphorus (P)  and nitrogen  (N)  were
 added  prior to the addition of leachate based; on the assumed  composition
 of GgH^N far bacteria.   From this  assumption corresponding  to  a  COD:P
 ratio of 164:1 and a COD:M ratio of 19vl:l,  the predicted  nutrient
 requirements were 347 mg/Titer P and 1737 mg/Iiter N for  leachated added
 to units 1, 2, and 3, whereas 211 mg/liter P and 1057 mg/liter N were
 added for leachate fed to units 4* 5» and 6..   Nitrogen  was supplied in
 excess of this predicted! requirement, whereas addedi phosphorus was
 decreased stepwise to approach the minimum amount necessary in the first
 three units.   For the second three units* the nutrients were supplied in
 slight excess for the first 35 days  and! were  eliminated during the last
 period of 35 days..   Nutrient solutions were  iniitialliy made fron*  dibasic
 potassium phosphate and ammoitiumi nitrate  during, the first  171  days  of
 operation of  the first three uniits.   Because- of the resulting  high, con-
 centration of potassium, ian- ira the effluents* the nutrient solutions
 thereafter were changed by/ using; ammonium phosphate and ammonium nitrate
 far all  six units.

 Ihe experimental  protocols writto these units, were designed  as in Table 5..
 Alii units were started with sludgje acclimated in a  preliminary experi-
ment.  During the operation! of the aerated? lagoons,  distillled
 dteianized water was added daily  to each of the units, to replenish the
 loss of water due to evaporation.  Because of the relatively low feed
 rates and the correspondingly  lon§ detention!  times,  thiis method of daily,

                                   110

-------
                               Table 5

             Operating Parameters of the Aerated Lagoons
                             	Organic Loading         Detention
Unit   Operation Conditions  fcg COD/m3-dayleg TOC/nP-day  Time, day

1    Fed leachate with             0.67            0.224       85.7
     nutrients

2.   Fed leachate with             0.96            0.32        60
     nutrients

3.   Fed leachate with             1.94            0.64        30
     nutrients

4.   Fed leachate with, then       1.15            0.60        30
     without, nutrients

5.   Fed leachate with, then       2.35            0.78        15
     without, nutrients

6.   Fed leachate with, then       5.02            K68         7
     without, nutrients
                                   111

-------
  withdrawal  and filling  can  be  simulated  as  a  continuous flow condition.

  The duration  of the  operation  for  these  units was 150 days for units 1,
  2,  and  3, and 70 days for units 4,  5, and 6.

  Sludge  Settling  and  Dewaterinq
  Sludge  from the  aerated lagoons receiving leachate is normally suffi-
  ciently dense  to  conduct batch settling tests to determine the inter-
  face subsidence  velocities at varying initial sludge concentrations.
  The settling  tests were conducted at room temperature (24°C), using a
  one liter graduated  cylinder equipped with a stirrer operating at 1 rpm.
  The slope of the  linear part of the settling curve is the  interface
  settling velocity, VG>  for the sludge at a given initial  concentration.
  The supernatant in the  graduated cylinder resulting  from  the  first
  settling experiment was  removed and the  mixed liquor from  the extended
 aeration tank was added  again.   This resulted in a more concentrated
  sludge and a resulting  slower interface  subsiding velocity.   By repeating
 this procedure the relationship between  suspended solids concentration
 and interface settling velocity was obtained.

 The sludge concentrations of the aerated  lagoons  were very high,  and
 approximately  half of the mixed  liquor suspended  solids consisted  of
 non-volatile suspended solids such  as iron hydroxides.  After sludge
 settling,  a  subsequent dewatering step of the  concentrated sludge  is
 necessary  prior to drying and ultimate disposal.   In  the dewatering
 experiment,  the sludge was taken from unit 4 having a detention time of
 30  days, and settled  for 24  hours.   Ferric chloride,  lime, and cationic
 polymers (Nalco 73C32 and Primofloc  C-7) were used as chemical condi-
 tioners.  The  specific resistance of the sludge to dewatering was
 examined by using  the Buchner-Funnel laboratory method.   In view of the
 close correlation  between laboratory results and those obtained on large
machines, the laboratory testing to  result in recommendations  for com-
mercial  filters is of great importance.   To obtain design  and  perform-
ance data for sludge vacuum filters, the filter leaf test  was  utilized.
This test consists of a  leaf with a  predetermined area,  so  the cake

                                   112

-------
weight per square foot can be determined as in commercial  units.

Buchner funnel  test procedure:
The apparatus required are a Buchner funnel, filter paper, vacuum supply,
rubber hoses, vacuum bottle, vacuum gauge and general  laboratory equip-
ment.  Procedures of conducting this test are given as follows:
     a)   Moisten filter paper (Whatman filter paper No.  1) and  place
          it in the Buchner funnel.  Apply a vacuum to obtain a  seal.
          Empty water collected in filtrate receiver.
     b)   Analyze the sludge to be filtered for solids content.
     c)   Measure a volume of sludge that will yield approximately
          4 grams of dry solids in a volumetric flask.
     d)   Select the conditioning chemicals to be utilized and add a
          predetermined amount to the sludge to be conditioned.
     e)   Agitate the volumetric flask vigorously and allow the sludge
          to sit 2 minutes.  Always agitate the sludge consistently
          during a test series.
     f)   Add the sludge to the funnel and quickly apply vacuum.  As
          soon as vacuum is applied, start the stopwatch.  A vacuum
          reservoir may be needed to hold a constant vacuum.
     g)   Take filtrate volume reading versus time.
     h)   Continue the test until the cake cracks, or until no filtrate
          is obtained for a one minute interval.  Usually  five minutes
          is a sufficient time.  Be sure that the cake edges do not
          shrink from the sides of the Buchner funnel.  If they do,  tamp
          the edges of the cake to maintain a seal.
     i)   Sample cake for total solids.
     j)   Record filtrate temperature, vacuum level,  and  cake thickness.
     k)   Plot a curve of time/volume filtrate vs. volume filtrate and
          record the slope of  the curve.  This slope  should  include  only
          the linear portion of the curve.
     1)   Calculate specific cake  resistance  from  the formula:

                            r = 2PA2b/yw                             (15)
                                    113

-------
          where
               r  = specific resistance in sec /gm
               p  = vacuum level in gm/cm^
               A  = area of Buchner funnel in crn^
               b  = slope of t/V vs V curve in sec/cm6
               y  = viscosity in Poise
               w  = weight of solids/unit volume of filtrate
     m)   Repeat step a) through 1) for several  dosages of the same
          chemical.
Vacuum filter test leaf procedure:
The following apparatus are required:   test leaf filter cloth,  vacuum
supply, rubber hoses, vacuum bottle,  vacuum gauge,  scales  and graduates,
etc.  The time for filtration is primarily based on forming  a cake  of
sufficient thickness.  The experimental  procedures  are  shown in the
following:
     a)   Condition 2 to 4 liters of  sludge according to Buchner-Funnel
          test results.
     b)   Place media selected from media  screening test on  the filter
          leaf and attach leaf hose to filtrate  receiver.
     c)   Crimp the hose connecting the leaf to  the vacuum source and
          set vacuum to desired level  with the bleeder  valve.
     d)   Immerse the leaf in the sludge so that the surface of the
          leaf is 2 to 3 inches below the  sludge level.  Open the stop
          in the hose and start the stopwatch simultaneously.
     e)   Keep the leaf submerged for a  predetermined pick up time, as
          obtained from preliminary tests.   For  thin sludges, move  the
          leaf slowly in a horizontal  plane with a  circular  wrist move-
          ment at a rate of 6 rpm.  In thick sludges, the  leaf  should
          remain stationary.   Keep  thin  sludges  mixed with a small mixer.
          Thick sludges should be thoroughly mixed  prior to  the test.
     f)    At the end of the pick up time the leaf is rotated out of the
          bucket.
     g)    The leaf is  then held with  the cake on top for the duration of
          the drying cycle.   At the end  of this  time the vacuum is

                                   114

-------
          released.   Adjust the vacuum, as  necessary, during the dry
          time to maintain vacuum level.  Allow  filtrate to drain from
          the hose to the filtrate receiver.
     h)   Remove the cake from the filter leaf by blowing into leaf
          hose and dislodging it with a spatula.  Analyze the cake for
          total solids,   Note cake discharge  characteristics and
          thickness,
     i)   Analyze filtrate for suspended  solids, and record the filtrate
          volume.
     j)   Analyze solids content of remaining sludge,

Analytical Procedures
Conductivity, pH, oxidation reduction potential  (ORP),  total solids,
volatile solids, total suspended solids,  volatile suspended solids,
chemical oxygen demand (GOD), chloride,  orthophosphate-, total phosphate,
sulfate, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate, and organic nitrogen, as well as
tannins were all determined according to Standard Methods.  Total organic
carbon  (TOC) was determined with a Beckman Model 915 Total Organic  Carbon
Analyzer (Fullerton, CA),  Calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper,
cadmium, chromium, lead, nickel, sodium,  and potassium concentrations
were analyzed using a Beckman Model 485  Atomic Absorption Spectrophoto-
meter  (Fuller-ton, CA),  Total dissolved  solids  (TDS) were measured  with
a Myron DS meter (Encinitas, CA).  Volatile acids were determined using
gas-liquid chromatography with a column  consisting of 20% neopentyl
glycol  succinate and 2% phosphoric acid 
-------
room temperature (24°C).  The RO retentate so obtained was fractionated
using Sephadex G-75 and Sephadex G-25 (Pharmacia, Piscataway,  NJ)  columns.
G-75 is useful for separations of molecular weights between 1,000  and
50,000, whereas G-25 is applicable for molecular weights  of 100 to 5,000.
The total  organic carbon (TOC) analysis was used to establish  the  dis-
tribution of the organic matter in the different molecular weight  fractions,
                                    116

-------
                        RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Aerated Lagoon Treatment of Leachate
The aerated lagoons were started with distilled water to  which  acclimated
seed was added in addition to the daily amounts of leachate.  The  dis-
tilled water was thereby gradually displaced by added leachate  resulting
in a gradual increase in effluent TOC values and mixed liquor solids.
The volatile matter in the mixed liquor suspended solids  gradually
increased and stabilized after about one volume turnover  in all three
units  (Figure 37).  The stabilization of the MLVSS coincided with  the
leveling-off of the TOC in the effluents (Figure 38).  The MLVSS in
unit 3 (having a 30 day detention time) stopped increasing after 30
days while the TOC leveled off after 40 days.  Although the predicted
nutrient demand required the addition of 347 mg/£ P, this was decreased
by 45% during the initial period to a concentration of 189 mg/l to be
added  to the leachate.  This amount resulted in a COD:P ratio of 300:1.
However, after 60 days the TOC started to increase again  which  coincided
with a  which coincided with a 72% reduction of the influent phosphate
added  to unit 3 to 67.4 mg/£ corresponding to a COD:P ratio of  806:1.
As expected, the phosphate concentration in the effluents of all three
units  decreased after the reduction of the concentration  in the feed
(Figure 39).  The increase in effluent TOC in unit 3 may  therefore be
attributed to the phosphate reduction in the feed for the remainder of
the testing period.  The decrease in phosphate addition,  however, did
not result in a corresponding increase of the effluent TOC in units 1
and 2, which had lower organic loadings.  The TOC in effluents  of units
1 and  2 actually approached a steady state level as the nutrient addi-
tions  were stepwise reduced.  The lowest amount added to the influent
of the 60 and 85.7 day lagoons was 33 mg/£ P corresponding to a COD:P
ratio  of 1540:1.  Although the biological MLVSS of effluent TOC values
did not show any deterioration, the sludge settling
decreased rapidly.  This may indicate that at high detention times
(60 and 85.7 days), microorganisms are able to reuse the added phosphate.
This reuse originates from dead cells or from the decomposition of high
                                    117

-------
00
            12000
          o
          tf)

          •glQDOO
          ~o
          0>

          t 8000
          to
          ~ 6000
          0
           ,_ 4000
           §
          .tr

          •? 2000
                       i     I      r
                                            i     i
                                      Unit 3 (0 = 30 days)
                                                            Unit 2 (0 =60 days)
                °0
-Unit I  (0=85.?days)
                            I     I      I     III
                           I	  I
            I      II
10    20    3D   40    50
          60   70    80   90

              f ime,  days
100   110   120   130   140   150
              Figure 37.  Mixed  liquor volatile  suspended solids  concentration In  aerated lagoons
                         1,  2 and  3  treating  leachate

-------
400
                                           Unit I  (9 =85.7 days)
                                60   70   80   90

                                    time, days
Figure 38.  Total organic  carbon in effluent of
            aerated lagoons 1,  2 and 3  treating leachate

-------
ro
o
                                                                   	Unit I
                                                                       Unit 2
                                                                       Unit 3
                                                                         fUnM
                                                                         < Unit
                                                                         lUnit 3
4.05 mg/f PQ;-P per day
5.80
11.60 mg/< P04 -P per day
                                 10   20   30   40   50   60   70   80   90   100   110   120  130  140  150
                     Figure  39.   Effect  of reduction  of daily phosphate on  total-p and COD/TOC
                                  ratio  in  effluent  of aerated lagoons 1, 2  and  3 treating  leachate

-------
  molecular weight organic compounds to which phosphates are attached.
  The  COD/TOC  ratio of the effluent from unit 3 showed a significant
  drop after the decrease of nutrients which decrease was not observed
  for  units 1  and 2 (Figure 39).  The decrease in phosphate concentration
  may  have resulted in the decrease in COD/TOC ratio, as a phosphate limi-
  tation in the filtered mixed liquor may give rise to lysis of bacterial
  cells, which, in turn, release the biologically resistant material,
  characterized by a low COD to TOC ratio,   into solution.

  Units 4, 5,  and 6 were started with  acclimated sludge obtained from
  units 1, 2,  and 3,  respectively.   When sufficient nutrients were added
 during the first 35  days,  both the MLVSS  (Figure 40)  and  the effluent
 TOC reached  constant values  (Figure  41).   This indicates  that even at
 a low detention time of 7  days,  the  aerobic  biological  method can be
 used to treat leachate,  if enough nutrients  are  added.  When the addi-
 tion of nutrients was  completely  stopped,  units  4  and 5 gave high
 effluent TOC  values,  corresponding to  gradually  decreasing  MLVSS,  as
 shown in  Figures 40  and  41.   Unit 6  showed a very  sharp increase of
 effluent  TOC  values  while  the sludge obtained  showing poor  settling
 properties.   This shows  that  aerobic biological  treatment of the leach-
 ate  cannot be successful at high  organic loading and  low detention  time
 without nutrient addition.  This  confirms  the  results of earlier studies
 by Boyle  and  Ham (1974) and Foree and Cook (1974).

 The COD to TOC ratios in the  filtered effluents of units 4,  5, and  6 are
 shown in  Figure 41 and indicate that within the initial 35 days, three
 units  obtained constant COD/TOC ratios.  Lower detention times resulted
 in higher COD/TOC ratios which are to be expected as aeration increases
 the oxidation state of the carbonaceous organic material.   After the
 nutrient addition was stopped, the COD to TOC ratio in the filtered efflu-
 ents of units 4 and 5 decreased indicating the release of oxidized
 organics.  The increase in COD/TOC ratio in unit 6 would indicate that
 such mechanism is not operating at higher detention times.

All  six extended aeration units showed high percentages of removal of the

                                   121

-------
    1600
                                       Without Nutrients
                 Urnt5Cff=l5daysl
                        Unit 4 (8 = 3Odays)
    600
o

&  400
     200
0
                      2O
        4O

Time,  days
50
6O
   Figure 40!.  Wfxetf Ifquor volatfTe suspended salfdis concentiratfon
              in aea-ated; Tagoorts 4» 5 and 6 treatfng! leachate
                               122

-------
               D  Unit 4 Cff=3Odays)
                  UrafS (0 = 15 days)
               O  Units (ff= 7days*
                           3D-   4O   50
                            Time „ days
Figure $1.   Total organic carbon and GOD/TOE ratio in. effluent
            of aerated lagoons $, 5 and 6 treating; leachate
                             T23

-------
metals or cations present in leachate (Table 6).  The iron concentration
in the feed solution was reduced from 2125 mg/£ for units 1, 2, and 3
or 1020 mg/£ for units 4, 5, and 6 to less than 1.2 mg/£.  The high iron
removal was attributed to both high pH values of around 9 and the oxida-
tion of Fe (II) to Fe (III).  A similarly large removal was observed for
zinc and to a lesser extent for both calcium and magnesium.  Removals
of sodium and potassium were generally less than 50 percent.  Calcium
removal will take place as calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate.  The
removal of magnesium was less than calcium, since magnesium hydroxide
and magnesium ammonium phosphate (MgNH^PO^) are not precipitated sig-
nificantly at pH values less than 10.  Only small amounts of sodium and
potassium were removed by any of the aerated lagoons since sodium and
potassium requirements by biological processes are generally small.

Data from these six units were used to evaluate the kinetic constants
from Equations (7) and (11).  Table 7 lists results of TOC, COD and MLVSS
analyses at the plateau region which correspnd to the first volume turn-
over with untis 1, 2, and 3.  The average values of units 4, 5, and 6,
with sufficient nutrients added, are also listed.

In determining the constant K], Equation (7) was rearranged so that a
graph of (SQ-S)/(Xe) versus S could be plotted.  Straight lines were
obtained from such a graph as shown in Figures 42 and 43; values of K.J
were calculated from the slope of these lines.  The value for 1C! was
found to be 4.9 x 10"4 l/(mg/£ VSS)(day).  In addition, values for Y
and k^ were determined by rearranging Equation (11) for graphing as
shown in Figures 44 and 45.  In determining Y and k., the contact time
or the reciprocal of detention time 1/e was plotted versus (SQ-S)/(Xe),
in which Y represented the slope and k. the negative intercept of the
ordinate.   These values were found to be Y = 1.29 mg VSS/mg TOC or
0.42 mg VSS/mg COD, and kd = 0.025 day  .  A summary of the kinetic
characteristics is shown in Table 8.  The values of the yield constant,
Y, can decay rate, kj, are close to those found by Cook and Foree (1974)
as can be seen in Table 8.
                                   124

-------
rvj
en
                                                              Table 6


                                  Concentration of Heavy Metals in Effluent of Aerated Lagoons  (mg/1)
Ele-
ment
Fe
Ca
Mg
Zn
Na
K
Influent
mg/1
2125
3780
660
72
1350
1240
Unit 1
6 = 85.7 d
Days of
Operation
90 120 150
0.12 ND ND
70 25 20
120 125 165
0.05 0.06 0.06
730 900 1000
1030 900
Unit 2
e = COD
Ave. % Days of Operation Ave. %
Removal 60
99.3 0.3
99.0 15
79.2 58
99.9 0.25
35.0 710
22.2 1060
90 120
ND ND
20 20
85 150
0.07 0.09
970 1070
1080
150 Removal 32
ND 99.9 0.3
40 99.4 8
200 81.9 40
0.07 99.8 0.10
1180 27.2 485
710 23.4 620
Unit 3
6 = BOD
Days of Operation
60 90 120 150
0.5 ND ND
26 40 45
94 80 170
0.15 0.09 0.07
710 1140 1130
1030 - 940
ND
45
240
0.11
1160
790
Ave. %
Removal
99.9
99.1
81.1
99.8
31.5
31.9

Ele-
ment
Fe
Ca
Mg
Zn
Na
K
Influent
mg/1
1020
3010
308
55
812
503
Unit 4
9 = 30 d
Days of
Operation
27
1.2
22
80
0.05
650
450
Ave. %
Removal
99.9
99.3
74.0
99.9
19.9
10.5
Unit 5
9 = 15 d
Days of
Operation
27
ND
12
65
ND
660
465
Ave. %
Removal
99.9
99.6
78.9
> 99.9
18.7
7.6
Unit 6
6 = 7 d
Days of
Operation
27
0.3
12
120
ND
710
470
Ave. %
Removal
> 99.9
99.6
61.0
> 99.9
12.6
6.6
Ave. %
Removal
of all
Units
> 799.9
99.3
75.9
99.9
24.1
17.0

-------
ro
                                                     Table 7

                 Characteristics of Effluent from Aerated Lagoons with Sufficient Nutrient Addition
Characteristics Feed
TOC, mg/1 19,400
Percent TOC Removal
COD, mg/1 57,900
MLVSS, mg/1
6, day
pH 5.4
SVI with sufficient
nutrient addition
Unit 1
160
99.2
415
8000
85.7
8.77
28.4

Unit 2
180
99.1
540
9000
60
8.72
31.4

Unit 3 Feed
240 11,773
98.8
666 35,237
10,000
30
8.7 5.7
24.4

Unit 4
210
98.2
536
9500
30
8.8
14.4

Unit 5
310
97.4
822
11,500
15
8.6
21.2

Unit 6
380
96.8
1034
13,500
7
8.5
27.3

     SVI  without            -            -                                         26.2       47.9       141.6
     sufficient
     nutrient  addition

-------
                              Table 8
      Kinetic Constants of Aerated Lagoon Treatment of Leachate
                  with Sufficient Nutrient Addition
Constants
Values
Cook and Foree (1974)
               4.9 x 10~4 (mg/1  VSS)"1  (day)"1
               1.29 mg VSS/tng TOC and 0.42 mg
               VSS/mg COD
               0.025 day
                        -1
                  0.4 mg VSS/mg COD
                  0.05 day
                          -1
                                  127

-------
00
                       QI5
                  o>
                    5* o.io
                    •o
                    en
                    to
                    o>
                 en

                  I
                  i

                 en
'ox  0.05
                                            D  Data From Units I, 2 And 3


                                            O  Data From Units 4,5 And 6
                                           100
                                                          Slope = K! = 4.9 x lO^mg/J?
                                           200



                                       S, mg/Jf TOC
300
400
                  Figure 42.   The calculation  of substrate removal rate  constant based  on TOC data

-------
ro
               0.4
          a
          O
          O
          o>
          E
         ">,
          I II
          of
         CO
               0.3
               Q2
               O.I
                                                                                    1  O
D  Data From  Units 1,2 And 3

O  Data From  Units 4,5 And 6
                                            a
                        Slope = K! = 4.9xlO"4(mg/j?VSSr'(dayy
                                250
                                              1000
                                     500             750

                                         S, mg/S. COD


Figure 43.   The  calculation of substrate removal  rate  constant based on COD data
1250

-------
                    0.15
                    O.K>
                I >»
                I °
                1*0
               -l<
co
o
                   Q05
                   -i-Q
                             a

                             o
Data  From Units I, 2 And 3

Data From Units 4,5 And 6
                  Slope = Y = 1.29
            mgVSS

            mgTOC
                      0    /
                    kd=0.025 day'1
      Q05
  QIO


   mg/Jt TOC

(mg/l VSS)(day)
0.15
020
                Figure 44.   The calculation of growth-yield and microorganism-decay coefficients
                            based on TOC  data

-------
      Ql!
     0.10
-i-
     O.05
    D  Data From Units 1,2 And 3
    O  Data From Units 4,5 And 6
              X

       1^=0.025 day
                                    Slope = Y = 0.42
                                         I
                                  mgVSS
                                  mgCOD
     0.10             020
-I            S-Sp   	rng/J? COD
              X0
                                                       030
                                       (mg/l VSSMday)
040
     Figure 45.  The calculation  of growth-yield and microorganism-decay coefficients
                based on COD data

-------
 Sludge Settling and Dewatering Characteristics
 The six aerated lagoon units had a  very high  concentration  of  suspended
 $olids which resulted in hindered settling characteristics  and formation
 of a settling zone.  Figure 46 shows  settling velocities  for a range of
 concentrations of sludges obtained  from the aerated  lagoons and other
 conventional  domestic activated sludges,  primary  sludge,  digested
 sludge and lime softening sludge (Weber,  1972).   For  the  same  range of
 sludge concentrations,  sludge from  aerated lagoon  units with nutrient
 addition had better settling characteristics  than  primary sludge and
 digested sludge.   In comparing sludge  settling characteristics, it was
 noted that influent leachate without nutrient addition resulted in poorer
 sludge settling properties.   Figure 47  shows  a rapid  decrease  of the
 settling velocity using  sludge from units  4,  5, and 6 at varying initial
 sludge concentrations.   Table  7 shows the  SVI values  of each unit before
 and after the  nutrient additions were stopped.  A  SVI larger than 100
 would indicate poor settling characteristics  of the sludge.

 The sludge dewatering characteristics were measured with the Buchner-
 Funnel  Test.   The  resulting  graphs of t/V  versus V were constructed
 using the  experimental results.  The volume of filtrate was obtained by
 subtracting that  portion  filtered before the  0 minutes reading from all
 the subsequent readings.  This  initial  time period is required for the
 cake to form.   The  slope  of  the graphs  was measured while the  specific
 cake resistances were calculated from Equation (15).   Table 9 and
 Figure  48  show the  results of  these experiments using a vacuum of 37 cm
 of  mercury.  All the chemicals  reduced  the specific resistance considerably.
 The  quantity of each chemical  used to reach an arbitrary low resistance
 is  in the  order of  Nalco  73C32  < Primafloc C-7 < FeCl3 •  6 H20 < Ca(OH)2.
 While the  addition  of chemicals increased the specific resistance of
 the  sludge, the actual solids content also increased as a result of the
 addition.  At  very  high dosages the solids content often decreased.

The  filter leaf test was operated with a vacuum of 47 cm of mercury,
and  the cycle  time was chosen as two minutes for forming and three minutes
for drying.  The relation between the chemical dosage and the filter

                                    132

-------
    0.05
    QOI
£
u
o
o
I
O)
I
                     Activated
                     Sludge A
                     (Dick And
                     Ewing )
                  Activated
                  Sludge C
                  (Dick And
                  Ewing)
                                  Data From
                                  
-------
    0.05
    0.01
                                                        1 — i — i — i  i i
cm/sec
u

J»  0.005
0>
TJ
°35
.O
3
   0.001
                 With
                 Nutrient
                 Addition

                 Without
                 Nutrient
                 Addit ion
 D, Unit  4 (On The 28 Day  Of Operation)
 E. Unit  5 (On The 28 Day  Of Operation)
.F: Unit  6 (On The 28 Day  Of Operation )

    Unit  J jOn The 59 Day  Of Operation )
    Unit  5 (On The 59 Day  Of Operation)
    Unit  6 (On The 59 Day  Of Operation)
                         p;:
                         I E!
                         IF';
        1        2        4     6   8  10       20    	40"

                      Suspended Solids  Concentration, g/jf

       Figure 47.   Effect of  omission  of nutrient  addi
                    settling velocities  of sludges  from
                             >t  b  and 6  treating  leachate
                                                             60 80 100
                                                                on
                                 134

-------
     I09rr
M
 8   io*
 '«

 &
 u
 u
 0)
 o.
 CO

 0)
 o>
 CO
 Primafloc C7


Nalco 73C32
                0.05       QIO       0.15       O20      025      0.30


               Chemical Dose Per Quantity Of Dry  Sludge,  g/g
    Figure 48.  Effect of chemical  doses on specific  resistance of

                sludge from aerated lagoon 4 treating  leachate
                                 135

-------
                                                                 Table 9
CO
                                Results of Buchner-Funnel Test using Mixed Liquor from the Aerated Lagoon4
c
Type of ,
Chemical *g
-
Fed 3- 6 H20


Ca(OH)2


Nalco 73C32



Primafloc C7

hemical Dosage
gm dosage
m of

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
dry sludgi
0
.0287
.0573
.1433
.0510
.1020
.2550
.0015
.0031
.0092
.0153
.0053
.0079
Volume of
x Sludge
*> (ml)
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Cone, of S.S.
(mg/1)
32673
34892
34892
34892
39215
39215
39215
32673
32673
32673
32673
38128
38128
Volume of Dry Cake
Filtrate Weight
(ml) (gm)
72
73
73
76
73
74
75
73
75
76
80
74
75
3.99421
4.23489
3.87031
3.76318
4.15453
4.37084
4.70723
4.27093
4.15211
4.15211
3.91221
3.39847
3.75441
Solid
Content
W(g/cm3)
0.055476
0.048013
0.053918
0.049516
0.056912
0.059066
0.063612
0.059506
0.055362
0.054633
0.048903
0.045926
0.050059
Slope of
t/V vs. V
b(sec/cm6)
0.35715
0.035715
0.0075
0.001667
0.038
0.015625
0.001667
0.015
0.067813
0.003572
0.0015
0.0082
0.005
Specific
Resistance
r(sec2/g)
1.35 x
1.276
2.933
6.98 x
1.384
5.484
5.433
5.315
2.926
1.355
6.359
3.702
2.071

x
x

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
108
108
107
106
108
107
106
107
107
107
106
107
107
           AP  =  37 cm
           Area  = 45.36 cm2
           v = 0.01  poise

-------
 yield is shown in Table 10 and Figure 49.   These results  indicated  that
 the filter yields give results similar to  those obtained  with  the
 specific resistance test.   Both tests show that the  dosages of lime and
 ferric chloride were more  than 15 times  those  of the polymers  to reach
 an identical  filter yield.   The actual  cost should be evaluated on the
 basis of chemical  dosages  and filter yields.   The total cost is reflected
 not only by the cost of the chemicals, often the largest  single item in
 the cost of filter operation, but also  by  the  added  hours of operation
 that are required.

 Effluent Organic Matter Characteristics
 In general, most of the organic matter in  the  effluent of aerated lagoon
 aeration units  consist of stable refractory materials often having high
 molecular weights.   Results  of the organic analysis  of the effluent from
 unit 4 indicated that  97.6%  of the TOC was retained  by the NS-100
 membrane which  has  a molecular weight cut-off  of around 100.  The
 elution  patterns of the membrane  retentate on  Sephadex G-75 and G-25
 are shown in  Figures 50 and  51,  respectively.  The high molecular weight
 fraction (larger than  50,000 MW)  was eluted first from the Sephadex 6-75
 column and  represented  about 3.7% of the TOC in  the  effluent.   This
 high  molecular  weight  fraction  consists mainly of humic acid-like
 materials.  The remainder of the  eluates from  the Sephadex G-75 column
 of the membrane retentate, representing 93.9% of the original  effluent
 TOC,  consisted  of substances  lower than 50,000 MW but higher than 100 MW
 due  to the MW cut-off of the  NS-100 membrane.  Elution of the  NS-100
 membrane  retentate on Sephadex  G-25 showed that 24% of the effluent TOC
 was  larger than 5000 MW as it was excluded from that Sephadex  column.
 Since  3.7% of effluent TOC is  larger than 50,000, 20.3% of the effluent
 TOC has a molecular weight range between 5000 and 50,000.   The organic
 fraction  in the last peak from the G-25 column  represents  33%  of the TOC,
 and can be assumed to have a molecular weight between 100  and  500.   Most
 of the organic matter in the extended aeration  effluent was  present in
 the peak eluted in the middle, representing about 40.6% of TOC, and
having a molecular weight range between 500 and 5000.  DeWalle  and  Chian
 (1974) defined fulvic acid  material  as having a molecular  weight ranging

                                   137

-------
                               Table  10
Results of Filter-Leaf Test Using Mixed  Liquor  from  the Aerated Lagoon 4
Type of ,g
Chemical v
	
FeCl 3-6 H20

a(OH)2

Nalco 73C32


Primafloc C7

Chemical Dosage
m of chemical dosage\
gm of dry sludge '
0
0.0275
0.057
0.143
0.05
0.102
0.255
0.0017
0.0028
0.0085
0.0045
0.0081
Filtrate
Volume
(ml)
88
96
197
370
70
151
380
166
180
400
137
270
Dry Cake
Weight
(gm)
1.64
2.572
5.013
9.039
1.715
3.914
11.108
4.137
4.771
9.244
3.653
5.218
Filter
Yield
(Ib/ft2/hr)*
0.44
0.69
1.345
2.425
0.46
1.05
2.98
1.11
1.28
2.48
0.98
1.40
AP = -47 cm
Filter cloth:  Eimco NY-527F
Area = 650 cm2
* Ib/ft2/hr = 1.36 x 10"4 gm/cm2/sec
                                  138

-------
     15,
                                                Co (OH)2
N
                                  FeCI3 •  6H2 0
     0.01
  0.05       0.10       0.15       0.20      0.25

Chemical   Dose  Per  Quantity  Of  Dry  Sludge, g/g
                                                                 0.30
    Figure 49.  Effect of chemical doses on filter yield of sludge
                from aerated lagoon 4 treating leachate
                                 139

-------
      30
40
50    60    70     80    90

     Eluate Volume ,  mJI
100
110
120
Figure 50.   Elution profile of the NS-100 membrane  retentate  on
            a G-75 Sephadex column as characterized by total
            organic carbon
                             140

-------
              20
40      60     80      100     120     I4O

     Eluate  Volume, ml?
Figure 51.   Elution profile of the NS-100 membrane retentate on
            a G-25 Sephadex column as characterized by total
            organic carbon
                              141

-------
from approximately 100 to 10,000.  It can thus be concluded that most
of the organic matter in effluents from these extended aeration units
is present as a fulvic acid-like material.

The color of the effluent from the aerated lagoon 4 was yellow, and
equivalent to 375 APHA platinum cobalt units.  Figures 52 and 53  show
the absorbance spectra in the visible and ultraviolet range,  using a
Beckman ACTA III UV-visible recording spectrophotometer.   No  absorbance
peaks or maxima were observed.   To examine the conformity to  the Beer-
Lambert Law, absorbance values  at 400 nm were taken on a  serial dilution
of effluent from unit 4.   Figure 54 shows that the results follow the
linear relationship of the Beer-Lambert Law.
                                  142

-------
     1.4
                       Test Conditions
     1.2
       Slit!  Program
       Seam  Speed :  Inm/sec
       Chart  Speed !  50 nm/sec
       Span : 2
     1.0
8
o
.a
    Q8
    0.6
Wave Length Used
To Measure Color
intensity
    0.4
    Q2
     §bo
                          I
  400                500
      Wave Length,  nm
600
      Figure 52.  Visible  spectrum of effluent from aerated lagoon 4
                 treating leachate
                                143

-------
o
.0
w
O
J5
  41--
0.8
     0.6
    0.4
    0.2
      10)
                                Test Conditions
                                     Sample Diluted  ; I To 11
                                     Slit !  Program
                                     Scan Speed !  I nm/sec
                                     Chart  Speed ! 50 nm/inch
                                     Span I  2
                    200                300

                       Wave Length,  nm
400
  Figure 53.  Ultraviolet spectrum of effluent from aerated lagoon 4
              treating leachate
                                144

-------
in
                 0.5
                0.4
 I
 E
 c
8
                Q3
8  0.2
o
x»
o
JS
<
    0.1
                                                          Q50                0.75

                                                Concentration  Factor, C/C0 (-)
                                                                                      1.00
            Figure 54.  Absorbance at 400 nm of a serial dilution of effluent from aerated lagoon 4
                        treating leachate

-------
                              REFERENCES
 Boyle, U. C. and Ham, R. K.  "Biological Treatability of Landfill
 Leachate," J. Water Pollution Control Fed., 46_, 860 (1974).

 Chian, E. S. K. and DeWalle, F. B.  "Sanitary Landfill Leachates and
 Their Treatment," J. Environ. Engr. Div., ASCE, 102, 411 (1976).

 DeWalle, F. B. and Chian, E. S. K.  "Removal of Organic Matter by
 Activated Carbon Columns," J. Environ. Engr. Div., ASCE, 100. 1089 (1974).

 Eckenfelder, W. W. and O'Connor, D. J.  "Aerobic Biological Treatment
 of Organic Wastes," Proceedings 9th Annual Purdue Industrial Waste
 Conference, Lafayette, Indiana (1954).

 Foree, G. G. and Cook, G. M.  "Aerobic Biostabilization of Sanitary
 Landfill Leachate," J. Water Pollution Control Fed., 46, 380 (1974).

 Karr, P. R.  "Treatment of Leachate from Sanitary Landfill," Special
 Research Problem, Department of Civil  Engineering, Georgia Institute
 of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia.

 Salvato, J. A., Jr., ejt aJL  "Landfill Leaching Prevention and Control,"
 J. Water Pollution Control  Fed., 43, 2084 (1971).

 Salvato, J. A., Jr.  "Environmental Engineering and Sanitation," Wiley-
 Interscience, New York (1972).

 Pohland, F. G. and Kang, S. J.   "Sanitary Landfill Stabilization with
 Leachate Recycle and Residual Treatment," AIChE Symposium Series Water-1974,
 145. 71, 308 (1975).

 Schoenberger, R. J., e£ al_.  "Treatability of Leachate from Sanitary
 Landfills," Proceedings 4th Mid-Atlantic Industrial  Waste Conference,
 University of Delaware, Newark, Delaware, Nov. 18-20 (1970).

Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. APHA, AWWA,
WPCF, 13th ed., American Public Health Association,  New York (1971).

Weber, W. J., Jr.    Physicochemical Processes for Water Quality Control,
Wiley-Interscience, New York (1972).
                                    146

-------
                                   IV
          PHYSICAL CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF LEACHATE AND AERATED
                            LAGOON EFFLUENT


                              CONCLUSIONS

The present study noted that physical chemical  treatment methods cannot
remove large quantities of organics from leachate.  Such methods, however,
are effective after biological pretreatment of the leachate.   Different
physical chemical treatment methods were therefore evaluated  using aerated
lagoon effluent.  While ozonation only removed 48% of TOC after a 3 hour
period of ozonation, activated carbon columns were able to remove 86% of
the organic matter using an empty bed detention time of 3.7 minutes.  A
59% initial COD removal was realized with a weak base anion exchange
resin, while 82% to 85% of the COD were initially removed using strong
base anion exchange resins.  Reverse osmosis (RO) was the only process
able to remove 91-96% of the salts initially present at a TDS concentra-
tion of 6200 mg/1.  The organic matter removal by RO ranged from 85% to
97%, which removals were not enhanced by ion exchange or activated carbon
pretreatment.  The flux through the membranes was relatively high and the
membrane fouling was relatively insignificant if the suspended solids were
removed from the influent.  Sand filtration or chemical precipitation are
therefore necessary pretreatment processes prior to the reverse osmosis
units.
                                   147

-------
                             INTRODUCTION

Formation of leachate from desposited solid waste will cause deteriora-
tion of the environment near the landfill unless proper solutions are
provided to minimize the leachate's impact.  One of the possible alterna-
tives consists of treating the generated leachate after its collection
below the landfill with biological and physical chemical treatment methods.
As the generated leachate decreases in concentration and changes in com-
position with increasing age of the fill, different treatment methods are
only applicable during certain time periods of leachate production.  In
summarizing different treatment studies conducted elsewhere and at the
University of Illinois, Chian and DeWalle (1976) concluded that biological
treatment methods, such as anaerobic filter, aerated lagoon and combined
treatment, are most applicable for treating leachate from recently
constructed fills while physical  chemical treatment methods, such as
activated carbon adsorption, chemical  precipitation, chemical oxidation
and reverse osmosis are best applied to biologically stabilized leachate.
Biologically stabilized leachate  is generated in old fills in which the
solid waste has been subjected to extensive degradation.  Such leachate,
however, is also equivalent to effluent from the biological treatment
units receiving leachate generated from recent fills.   The present study
was primarily concerned with the  physical chemical  treatment of aerated
lagoon effluent.
                                   148

-------
  PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF LEACHATE AND BIOLOGICAL EFFLUENTS

Several studies have evaluated the effectiveness of chemical  precipitation
in leachate treatment.   Thornton and Blanc (1973) studied the treatment of
leachate by lime, alum, ferric chloride,  ferrous sulfate and  polymers.
Although high removal  percentages of heavy metals and suspended  matter
were observed, only slight reductions of  organic matter were  found.
Simensen and Odegaard (1971) used aeration in combination with coagula-
tion to enhance floe formation, but no additional organic removals were
noted.  Chian and DeWalle (1976) indicated that lime treatment predominantly
removed organic matter with a molecular weight larger than 50,000.  This
organic fraction is initially present in  relatively low concentration and
increases as a percent of the organic matter in leachate during  biological
stabilization of the refuse.  As a consequence, the COD removal  by lime
treatment will increase as solid waste stabilization proceeds.  Eventually,
this high-molecular-weight fraction is slowly degraded and converted into
organic matter in the 500 to 10,000 molecular weight range.   Since the
latter fraction is not greatly affected by lime treatment, this  method
becomes less effective with leachate from stabilized solid waste.

Activated carbon treatment of leachate generally gives better organic
removal than observed with chemical precipitation.  Ho et^al- (1974)
observed a 34 percent COD removal with a  powdered activated carbon dosage
up to 16,000 mg/1.  A COD removal of 55 percent, after elution of two bed
volumes and a detention time longer than  20 minutes, was achieved in a
column test.  A 60 percent TOC removal was observed in the study by Karr
(1972) using a maximum dosage of 160 g/1.  Because of the high organic
strength, its low adsorptive capacity, and presence of suspended solids
in raw leachate, fouling of carbon columns was reported by Chian and
DeWalle (1976b).  The activated carbon process becomes prohibitively
expensive in practice for raw leachate treatment.
                                     149

-------
 Ion  exchange  processes were  considered only for ammonia removal in
 leachate  with a  low  organic  concentration.  Weston  (1974) reported that
 ion  exchange  was not a feasible means of treatment  for ammonia removal,
 due  to  interfering  substances which compete for the resin bed bonding
 sites.  No  study has been conducted for organic removal from leachates
 using  ion exchange.

 Reverse osmosis  processes were also studied by Weston (1974) using
 leachate  with a  low  organic  concentration.  The COD removal attained
 was  approximately 80 percent, while total dissolved solid removal was
 81.2 percent  using DuPont's  Permasep system.  The problem of disposing
 a  highly  concentrated, and voluminous RO retentate was reported.  Only
 if subsequent tests  indicated high product water yields, improved
 permeate  quality, and high treatability for the retentate, would reverse
 osmosis processes be feasible for leachate treatment with low organic
 concentrations.

 Only two  studies evaluated the use of an oxidant as a means of removing
 organic matter in leachate.  Ho e_t al_. (1974) found only a 6 percent COD
 reduction in  leachate having an initial COD of 7,162 mg/1, using an ozone
 dosage  rate of 12 mg 0^/100 ml/min.  The percentage of removal increased
 to 37 percent after  4 hours.  COD removals of a similar magnitude were
 observed  with more stabilized leachate.  Weston (1974) reported a COD
 removal of 22 percent after a four hour test at a cumulative ozone
 dosage  of 1 mg 0-/mg COD.  Both tests, however, demonstrated that ozona-
                 0
 tion was  less effective than activated carbon in removing the organic
 matter  from leachate.

 The  studies summarized above show that physical-chemical treatment does
 not  result in  large  reductions of organic matter in raw leachate.  They
 are  effective, however, for the removal of heavy metals, turbidity and
 color.   Since  physical-chemical methods are more effective in removing
 residual  organics, Chian and DeWalle (1976b) indicated that these methods
might be  feasible for treating leachate from old and stabilized landfills.
                                   150

-------
 The degree of treatability can  be  correlated  to  established ratios,
 such as  the ratios  of COD/TOC,  BOD/COD,  Organic-N/Kjeldahl-N, TVS/TS
 or S04/C1  in leachate.   Since these  ratios  gradually  change with the
 age of the leachate,  they can be used  in predicting the optimum selec-
 tion of  treatment methods.   Leachate from recently deposited solid waste,
 should first be treated  by biological  methods  due to  the presence of high
 concentrations of degradable volatile  acids followed  by physical-chemical
 methods.

 Foree and  Cook (1974)  found  that activated  carbon resulted in removals
 bf 47-70 percent of the  COD  of  the effluent of extended aeration units,
 using a  residence time in the carbon column of 15 min.  Chlorine bleach
 was effective for color  removal but  ineffective  for COD removal in the
 effluent of extended  aeration units.   Pohland  and Kang (1975) have studied
 powdered activated  carbon treatment  of effluent  from  an activated sludge
 unit receiving leachate.   They  found a 70 and  90 percent COD removal at
 a  dosage of 2,000 mg/1 and 4,000 mg/1  powdered activated carbon respec-
 tively.  Large dosages of mixed ion  exchange resins were necessary to
 remove the  inorganic  ions.   Actually,  the use  of resins as a polishing
 step for the  effluent of biologically  treated  leachate is economically
 unfeasible  if the feed water has a TDS of more than 200 mg/1 (Ahlgnen,
 1971).

 Removal of  Organics by Ozone
 A  gaseous mixture of oxygen  and ozone  is  bubbled through a vessel contain-
 ing  an aqueous  solution  of organics.  The ozone dissolves in the liquid
 and  then reacts with and  subsequently oxidizes the organic materials.
 The  principal  reaction of ozone lies in  its destruction of an ozonide.
 Decomposition  of the ozonide gives a mixture of oxygenated products
 containing  carbonyl  compounds and acids  (Weber, 1972).

Aromatic or polynuclear aromatic compounds are more susceptible to ozone
oxidation due  to the aromatic carbon bonds.   Since the reactions produced
with ozone are complex, the composition of the oxidation products becomes
difficult to predict.   Some aromatic compounds may be oxidized first to

                                   151

-------
 form quinones.   Saturated hydrocarbons react slowly with ozone at room
 temperature, but, at elevated temperatures, the reaction proceeds quite
 rapidly.  In the reaction mixture, peroxides, ketones, aldehydes, alcohols,
 and acids are found.  Ethers are oxidized by ozone at the carbon atom
 next to the ether oxygen.  Esters are therefore found among the oxidation
 products.  Lactones are formed from cyclic ethers, and carbonates from
 cyclic formals.   Organic sulfides are oxidized by ozone through sufoxides,
 RSOR', to sulfones, RS02R'.   The intermediate sulfoxide may,  at times,
 be isolated.  Primary and secondary amines are only partially degraded
 by ozone, but tertiary amines form tertiary amine oxides.   Organic
 phosphates may be prepared by ozone oxidation of the phosphites,  and
 phosphine oxides are formed  from phosphines.

 The ozonolysis  and oxidation reaction generally require that  stoichio-
 metric amounts  of ozone are  reacted.   However,  there are catalytic
 reactions in which experimental  conditions determine the amount of ozone
 consumed.   For  example in the preparation  of  peroxyacids from aldehydes,
 ozone is only used as  a catalyst or initiator of the oxidation.

 When organic compounds in effluent  from extended aeration  units are
 oxidized by  ozone,  the reactions become very  complicated.   Thus the
 degradation  of organics can  be measured only  by their gross properties
 such as  measured  by TOC or COD.   The  rate  of  organics disappearance
 can  be expressed  as:
                       ^ - k[03f [TOC]n                       (1)

where m and n are the exponentials to the concentration terms.  As such,
the instantaneous concentration of ozone, [0,], in the effluent of
extended aeration units has to be measured.  The overall ozonation process
may be either chemical reaction rate controlled or mass transfer rate
controlled, depending on the relative magnitudes of the rates for each
step.   The heterogeneous reaction for the transfer of ozone into solution
can be represented by:
                                    152

-------
                    d[03]              -
                    -gr-= «KLa  (6[03r - [03]) - Y             (2)

 where  aKLa  (e[03]   -  [03]) = rate of 03 dissolution due to mass transfer
       a,3 =  correction factors for K|_a and [03JS, respectively
       [03]   =  saturation concentration of ozone
       Y  = chemical  decomposition rate of 0, in solution.

 If  the concentration  of organic matter is high, the ozone decomposition
 rate will be very large due to the large demand of ozone for chemical
 reaction.  The ozone  concentration in solution, [03], will be therefore
 approaching  zero.   From Equation (2) under steady-state transfer of ozone,
 d[03]/dt = 0,  the rate of ozonation can be represented by:

                    Y = aKLa e[03]S   as   [03] -»• 0              (3)

 where  a and  8 can be determined experimentally based upon oxygen transfer
 studies.  [03]  is calculated from Henry's Law Constant for ozone at the
 experimental temperature and ozone partial pressure in the gas stream.

 Removal of Orqanics by Activated Carbon
 The two main mechanisms involved in organic removal by activated carbon
 are transport and adsorption.   Bulk solution transport involves transport
 of the molecular to the carbon surface.  Diffusion or film transport
 involves diffusion of the molecule through the hydrated water layer, then
 during intraparticle transport, the molecule moves to the adsorption site.
 The adsorption process can be either physical  or chemical adsorption.
 Physical  adsorption involves hydrogen bonding, induced dipole interactions,
 or van der Waals forces.   These adsorptive mechanisms are generally
 reversible.   Chemical  adsorption involves the formation of covalent bonds.
This usually occurs at functional  group sites, which are formed either
as a result of additives  or impurities in the carbon.   Chemisorption is
generally not reversible  (Mattson  and Mark,   1971).
                                    153

-------
Many factors influence the rate of adsorption on carbon, including temp-
erature, pH, nature and concentration of adsorbate, as well as the nature
of the carbon.  Adsorption reactions, being exothermic, normally decrease
with increasing temperature.  pH affects the degree of ionization of the
adsorbates, and thus their solubility and efficiency of removal.  Neutral
compounds are less soluble in solution than their ionized forms, and are
therefore more likely to be removed.  In addition, large molecules may
have difficulty in moving through the pores of the carbon.

The surface area of the carbon, which is dependent upon the size and dis-
tribution of the pores, will have a pronounced influence on the rate of
adsorption.  The type and populations of functional groups located on the
surface will likewise influence the amount and mannner of adsorption.
The nature of the carbon also depends upon the amount of inorganic
material, hydrogen, and oxygen present on its surface.  Inorganic material
influences pore size and distribution, as well as many adsorptive proper-
ties.  Hydrogen, likewise, is involved in many bonding reactions with
the adsorbate.  Oxygen, which may make up 2 to 25 percent of the weight
of the carbon, tends to increase the polarity, thus making it more
difficult to adsorb nonpolar compounds from solution (Snoeyink and Weber,
1967).  Coughlin and Ezra (1968) found that the increase in percentage
of oxygen on the surface greatly reduces the capacity to adsorb phenol at
a low concentration.  Since column operations with granular carbon are
generally more efficient than batch operations with powdered carbon,
this study utilized the former to polish the stabilized organics from
extended aeration effluent.

Removal  of Organics by Anion Exchange Resins
Most of the organics in secondary effluent are present in the anionic
form at neutral  pH.  Consequently, the Donnan exclusion effect of nega-
tively charged organics in the cation exchange resin and the competition
with inorganic anions results in very small  organic removals.  Therefore,
the cation exchange resin does not seem to have enough sorptive capacity
to warrant its use.  In this regard, the anion exchange resins appear to
have better potential  in the removal of organics.

                                    154

-------
 The  kinetics  of  ion  exchange  involves  transport of  solute to the site
 of the  functional  group,  the  exchange  of  ion  itself, and the transport
 of the  exchanged ion back into  bulk  solution.  The  process of solute
 transport  is  similar to that  for  activated carbon,  as  it involves bulk
 transport,  diffusion or film  transport, and intraparticle transport.

 There are many possible mechanisms to  interpret the results of organic
 removal  by  anion ion exchangers,  however, none can  be  considered the sole
 mechanism of  importance since they all may operate  in  conjunction.
 Adsorption  of organic nonelectrolytes  (nonionic species) onto the resin
 matrix  may  be of importance.  London-van der Waals  forces may act as
 the  principal adsorption  forces in this case  (Helfferich, 1962;
 Dorfner, 1972).   The solubility of the adsorbate is of importance
 because molecules  which have a  low solubility in the solvent will
 prefer  to reside at  the matrix-solution interface rather than in bulk
 solution.   If the  adsorbate structure and the resin matrix structure
 are  similar in nature, strong forces of adsorption  are also expected.
 Organic substances may also be removed via interaction with functional
 groups.  If the  substance  is an organic ion, for example, a simple
 exchange between  the organic ion and the counter ion of the functional
 groups.  If the  substance  is an organic ion, for example, a simple
 exchange between  the organic ion and the counter ion of the functional
 group may take place.  This requires that the functional group be ionized.
 Hydrogen bonding also may  occur between un-ionized functional groups and
 the adsorbates.   Chasanov £t al_. (1956) proposed hydrogen bonding of the
 -OH group of  phenol  to the uncharged amine group of the resin as the
 principal adsorption force in the removal  of phenol  by a weak base resin.
The uptake of organics is  further affected by resin selectivity, influent
concentration, flowrate, column size, extent of cross-linking,  temperature,
and particle  size.  Weak base and strong base macroreticular resins with
different matrices were chosen in the present study for column  operations.
    flow rates and pH values were also evaluated.
                                    155

-------
Removal of Organics by Reverse Osmosis
Reverse osmosis separation is the combined result of preferential  sorption
of solvent or solute at the membrane-solution interface,  and the flow of
the interfacial fluid through the pores on the membrane surface (Sourirajan,
1970).  This process is applicable for the separation of both inorganic
or organic substances in aqueous solution, however,  it has not been found
to be very promising in separating organic matter of low molecular weight
from aqueous solutions (Chian and Fang, 1974).   The  research effort in
devising membranes for efficient removal  of organic  matter from aqueous
solution is continuing.

The mechanism by which the membrane rejects dissolved matter is still a
subject of much controversy.   However, any theory of the separation
mechanism is intimately concerned with the structure of the membrane.
Chian and Fang (1974) indicated that polymeric membrane materials  which
are less polar, (i.e., those  that have small  solubility parameters, or
those that are less soluble in water may be applicable for leachate
treatment.

Both cellulose and non-cellulose base membranes were used in the present
study to treat the raw leachate.  The membrane giving the highest  rejec-
tion of organic was chosen for treatment of the effluent from the
aerated lagoons and the effluent from the activated  carbon and ion
exchange columns.
                                     156

-------
                         MATERIALS AND METHODS

A well-mixed ozone reactor was used to study the oxidation of the organic
matter in the effluent of aerated lagoon No. 3.  Since the overall oxida-
tion process may be either chemical reaction rate controlled or mass
transfer diffusion controlled, the reaction vessel had to be built in
such a way as to enhance the mass transfer to such an extent that only
the chemical reaction rate controlled the oxidation process.  The
reactor consisted of one-liter graduated Pyrex beaker fitted with three
evenly spaced stainless steel bafflex inside.  A Teflon coated magnetic
stirring bar was used to disperse ozone evolving from the fritted glass
diffuser.  A stainless steel deflector was installed above the fritted
glass diffuser to prevent coalescence of the ozone gas bubbles, thus
improving the mass transfer rate of ozone to the liquid.  This unit was
sealed at the top with a 3/4 inch Plexiglass cover with an 0-ring to
prevent leakage of ozone.  Dried cylinder oxygen was used for the
ozonator.  The unreacted ozone was trapped with 2 percent potassium
iodide solution.  Ozone was determined using the potassium iodide
method under alkaline conditions.

After ozonation of the aerated lagoon effluent, the ozonated effluent
was tested for amenability to biological degradation.  The experiment
was conducted in a completely-mixed glass beaker filled with 330 ml of
ozonated effluent.  Acclimated sludge from the 15 day aerated lagoon
was added to provide a food to microorganism ratio of 0.1 mg BODs/mg
MLVSS-day.  Before sampling, water lost due to evaporation was
replenished with distilled deionized water.  Excess nutrients were
added to ensure an adequate growth condition.

The activated carbon adsorption experiments were conducted with Calgon
Filtrasorb 400 activated carbon.   This carbon is a coal-based carbon and
was obtained in a size range in which the particles passed a U.S. Standard
Sieve No. 12 and were retained on a No.  40 sieve.  The surface area of
                                    157

-------
                                                            2
 this  carbon,  as  reported  by  the manufacturer,  is  1000-1200 m /g.
 Filtrasorb  400 as  received was mechanically ground  to a smaller size.
 It  was  then sieved to  a size range which  included particles passing a
 No. 40  sieve  and retained on a No. 48  sieve.   After sieving, the carbon
 was washed  thoroughly  with deionized water to  remove dust and fines,
 and was then  dried for 48 hours at 105°C, before  being used in the
 column.  All  of  the studies  were conducted with carbon from the same
 lot to  avoid  batch-to-batch  variations.

 The activated carbon column  employed in this study  consisted of a 25 cm
 length  and  1.2 cm  diameter Plexiglass  column.  The  depth of the carbon
 bed was 13  cm.   The column diameter to particle size ratio was approx-
 imately 30, to minimize entrance and wall effects (Smith, 1970).
 Hydraulic loadings with downflows of 4 ml/min  or 0.35 cm/min (0.87
          2                                                ?
 gal/min/ft  ) and 20 ml/min or  1.76 cm/min (4.34 gal/min/ft ), with
 empty bed detention times of 3.67 minutes and  0.73 minutes, respectively,
 were evaluated.  The effluent of the aerated lagoon (unit 4) having a
 detention time of  30 days was used for the tests after being prefiltered
 with a  Whatman filter  paper  No. 1.

 Both weak and strong base anion exchange resins were evaluated in the
 column  studies.  The weak base anion exchange  resin was Duolite A-7
 (Diamond Shamrock  Chemical Company, Redwood City, CA).  Two strong
 base anion  exchange resins,  Amber!ite  IRA-938  and XE-297HP (Rohm and
 Mass Company, Philadlephia,  PA) were also used as adsorbents.   Duolite
 A-7 resin has a  phenol-formaldehyde matrix and a secondary amine
 functional group.   Amber!ite IRA-938 resin has a styrene-divinylbenzene
 matrix  and a quaternary amine functional gropu.  Amber!ite XE-279HP has
 an acrylic matrix  and  a quarternary amine functional group.  The charac-
 teristics and structure of Duolite and Amberlite resins are shown in
 Table 11.  The Duolite A-7 resin was received  in ionic form (salt form).
Amberlite IRA-938  and  XE-279HP were received in chloride form.   All
resins were preconditioned before use to remove minute quantities of
soluble impurities  prior to experimentation.   The preparation  and pre-
conditioning procedures for the anion exchange resins are given as follows:
                                   158

-------
                               Table 11

         Characteristics of Ion Exchange Resins Used to Treat
                      the Aerated Lagoon Effluent
                    Duolite A-7
                                        Amberlite
                                         IRA-938
                                                          Amberlite
                                                          XE-279HP
Chemical Classifi-
cation               Weak Base

Functional Group  Secondary Amine

Matrix                Phenol
                   Formaldehyde

Mesh Range            16-50

Capacity meq/m         2.4

Capacity meq/g(dry)    9.1
Approximate pH Range
Acid Adsorption

Approximate pH Range
Scavenging

Maximum Tempt.


Specific Gravity
                      0^4
   Strong Base

Quarternary Amine

   Styrene-DVB


     20-50



 3.8 (Cl form)


    1 * 12
2^8
40°C
1.12 (free
base)
1 * 12
60°C (Cl form)
77°C (OH form)
1.203 (Skeletal)
0.555 (Apparent)
                                                          Strong Base

                                                       Quarternary Amine

                                                             Acrylic
                                                                  12


                                                                  12
Porosity
                   Macroporous     Macroreticular
                                                         Macroreticular
                                   159

-------
     a)   Transfer a water slurry of resin to the column.   Dry resins
          should be soaked in water for one-half hour before transfer
          to glass columns.
     b)   Backwash resin with water to expand bed at least fifty percent;
          this removes air bubbles and arranges particles  by size.
     c)   Stop the backwash and allow the resin to settle.
     d)   Drain water through resin, leaving one inch of water above bed.
     e)   Flow at least two bed-volumes of 1.5 N NaOH through resin (at
          least twenty minutes).
     f)   Wash out caustic with five bed-volumes of distilled deionized
          water (at least thirty minutes), drain water from resin to
          within one inch of top of bed.
     g)   Flow at least two bed-volumes of 2N HC1 through  the resin (at
          least twenty minutes).
     h)   Wash out the acid with five bed-volumes of distilled deionized
          water (thirty minutes), drain water from resin to within one
          inch of top of bed.
     i)   Repeat the caustic-rinse-acid-rinse cycle outline in step e)-h).

The Amberlite IRA-938 and XE-279HP resins are now in the chloride form,
while the Duolite A-7 resin is in the salt form.  To convert the Duolite
A-7 resin to the hydroxide or free-base form, it is necessary to regenerate
as described in step e) and f), while using distilled deionized water for
rinsing the resin.  Continue rinsing all resins until the  effluent pH is
below 9.0.

Studies using these three resins were carried out in 1.2 cm diameter
Plexiglass columns, each having a bed depth of 13 cm.  Duolite A-7 resin
was ground to a size of 40 x 80 mesh, and Amberlite IRA-938 and XE-279HP
were sieved to a size smaller than 40 mesh (U.S. Standard  Sieve Size).
Thus the column diameter to particle size ratio for these  resins was
brought to approximately 30 in order to minimize entrance  and wall
effects.  The prefiltered (Whatman filter paper No. 1) effluent from
unit 4 was fed downflow at a flowrate of 20 ml/min or 1.76 cm/min
                                    160

-------
 (4.34 gal/min/ft  ) and 4 ml/min or 0.35 cm/min (0.87 gal/min/ft2) for
 the A-7 column.   The flowrate was 4 ml/min or 0.35 cm/min (0.87 gal/min/ft2)
 for the IRA-938 and XE-279HP columns.  Since the pH might affect the organic
 removal efficiency of the Duolite A-7 weak base resin, the original effluent
 pH of 8.8 was adjusted to pH of 6.2.

 The reverse osmosis process was performed with a small stainless steel
 (316) high pressure test cell (Abcor, Cambridge, Mass.).  Membrane
 performance was tested with respect to flux, rejection, and the percen-
 tage of product water recovery.  TOC and conductivity measurements were
 used to define the membrane rejection of the organics and the inorganics,
 respectively.  The standard procedure employed in evaluating membrane
 processes is to first standardize the membrane with distilled deionized
 water.  Next, a solution of 5,000 ppm sodium chloride is subjected to
 reverse osmosis under standard testing conditions, i.e. 600 psig and
 room temperature  (^ 24°C).  The flux of distilled deionized water was
 measured versus time, until a steady-state flux was observed.  In
 addition to flux measurement, rejection of salt by the membranes was
 measured versus time for the 5,000 ppm solution of sodium chloride.
 The rejection efficiency and volume recovery were calculated by using
 the conventional expression, as given by the following equation:

                    R - 1 - ^                                   (4)

                    \ - \                                      (5)

where  R = rejection (fractional)
      Vp = volume recovery (fractional)
      Cp = concentration of solute in the permeate
      Cp = concentration of solute in the feed
      V  = volume of permeate solution
      V  = volume of feed solution
                                     161

-------
In treating raw leachate by membrane processes, two different types of
membranes were evaluated.  One is the conventional  cellulose diacetate
membrane from Eastman Kodak which is designated as  KP-98.   The other is
a cross-linked polyethylenimine-tolylene-2,4-diisocyanate  active layer
laid on a polysulfone base.  This is an ultrathin membrane from North
Star Research Institute (Minneapolis, MM)  and is designated as NS-100.
                                  162

-------
                        RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Earlier results reported in Chapter II indicated that activated carbon
treatment, and lime treatment did not result in high organic matter
removals.  Preliminary results obtained in this study with ozonation of
leachate showed that this also did not give substantial organic matter
reductions.  Preliminary tests with leachate using reverse osmosis,
however, showed some promise, and further studies were required to
explore this alternative.

Organic Removal in Leachate by Reverse Osmosis
Both KP-98 and NS-100 membranes showed extremely high rejection with
sodium chloride, KP-98 gave a salt rejection of 96 to 98 percent whereas
NS-100 gave a salt rejection of more than 99 percent.  Results of these
tests with both KP-98 and NS-100 membranes on the raw leachate are shown
in Table 6.  An increase in the pH from 5.5 to 8.0 (adjusted by adding
concentrated NaOH) increased the TOC rejection from 70 to 91.5 percent
using the KP-98 membranes.  A parallel increase was observed with TDS
rejection.  Since most of the volatile acids have their pK values
between 4.7 and 4.9, the degree of dissociation of these acids in
leachate at pH of 5.5 is incomplete.  The increased amount of fatty
acids dissociated between pH of 5.5 and pH of 8 accounts for the increase
in rejection of TOC.  The increase in TDS rejection at a higher pH as
measured by conductivity is also attributed to the increase in the degree
of dissociation of the organic acids at a higher pH.  Table 12 also shows
a decrease in both the rejection and the flux with an increase in feed
concentration and a decrease in operating pressure.  The rejection of
TOC, total dissolved salt, and flux, however, increased with increasing
pH and pressure.  The performance of the NS-100 membrane was in all
cases better than that of the KP-98 membrane.

Fouling of the membranes posed a serious treat to the applicability of
RO to raw leachate.  When the batch runs were finished, both the KP-98
and NS-1 membranes were washed.  The successive runs were made with the
                                   163

-------
                              Table 12

            The Treatment of Leachate by KP-98 and NS-100
               Membranes at 50% Product Water Recovery
Type of
Membrane

KP-98




NS-100

Feed
Solution
5000 mg/1
. Nad
Raw
Leachate
TOC =
12946 mg/1
Raw
Leachate
TOC =
18460 mg/1
5000 mg/1
Nad
Raw
Leachate
TOC =
12946 mg/1
Operation
Pressure
(psig)
600
600

1500

600

1500

600 „
600

1500

PH

5.5
8.0
5.5
8.0
5.5
8.0
5.5
8.0

5.5
8.0
5.5
8.0
%
Rejection
of TOC

70
91.5
75
93
56
89
59
60.3

85
93
88
94
Rejection
of TDS
97
97
98
98.2
99
85
97
87
98.5
99.3
97.5
99
98.5
99
*
Flux ,
(gal/day/ft*)
15.1- - 8.7
5.5
6.1
8.9
10
3.7
3.9
6.2
7.1
21 - 19.6
7
7.3
11
12.5
Flux was measured from fresh membranes within 3 hours operation
                                   164

-------
same membranes,  but the flux had decreased  by more  than  75 percent.
Further runs decreased the flux even more.   Therefore, unless  suspended
solids, colloidal  materials, and iron hydroxides are effectively removed
by other methods prior to the reverse osmosis process, this alternative
is completely impractical.  Since the NS-100 membrane demonstrated a
better rejection and flux than the KP-98 membrane,  the polishing of
effluent from extended aeration units, activated carbon  and iron exchange
columns was conducted with reverse osmosis  using the NS-100 membrane only.

Organic Removal  in Aerated Lagoon Effluent  by Ozonation
A batch sample (700 ml) from unit 3  was ozonated in order to determine
the rate of removal of organic matter.  In  addition, oxygen mass transfer
coefficients under a gas flowrate of 4 1/min (1.2 to 1.5 percent ozone by
volume) were evaluated.  During the test runs, samples were withdrawn at
various times and analyzed for total organic carbon (TOC).  Results of
this test are shown in Figure 55 and listed  in Table 13.  A comparison
was made between the mass transfer rate, obtained from the oxygen trans-
fer experiments, and the experimentally measured rate, determined from
a material  balance using the  iodiometric titration of the residual ozone
in the effluent gas.   Using the effluent from the aerated lagoon, the
mass transfer rate was found  to be  higher  than  the chemical reaction
rate,  indicating that  the latter  is  the rate controlling  step.   Therefore,
the magnitude of the  first  order  rate constant  k reflects the nature of
the organics in the effluent.   The  results indicate  that  direct ozonation
of the extended aeration  effluent gives a  48 percent TOC  and  90 percent
color  removal after 3  hours.   Actually, such results make it  seem
impractical  to  apply  ozone  in such  a high  dose  and with such  a  long
period of  time  as  the first step  to reduce the  organic  constant of  the
extended aeration  treatment units.

The ozonated effluent had a TOC of  119  mg/1  and a  COD of  300  mg/1.
Further  polishing  with the  aerobic  biological process were  studied  as
a means  of removing  these residual  organics. Acclimated  sludge was
taken  from unit 4,  resulting in a food  to  microorganism ratio,  BOD^/
MLVSS-day  = 0.1.   Results of the aerobic biological  process for ozonated

                                    165

-------
 250
             30
60
90       120

 Time, min
150
180
210
Figure 55.   TOC decrease of ozonated effluent from aerated lagoon
                       3 treating leachate
                                 166

-------
                               Table 13

          Determination of Various Coefficients for Ozonating
                   Aerated Lagoon Effluent of Unit 3

                         1st Order TOC  TOC Reduction       Rate of Ozone
a     3     Initial TOC  Rate Constant  During Initial  Transferred (mg/1, nr)
 0     0      (mg/1)       k (hr-1)      Time Period    MTR(1)  CR(2)  CDR(3)
  2     2	—

1.43  0.97      250          0.221        48% in 3 hr   1023     391    408


(1) Rate of ozone transferred into the solution calculated from mass transfer
    rate  (MTR) assuming [03] is equal to zero and using a, 3 and Kj_a measured
    from oxygen transfer equipment.

(2) Rate of ozone transferred into the solution calculated from chemical
    reaction rate  (CR), as measured  by TOC decreases.

(3) Rate  of ozone  transferred into solution calculated from  experimentally
    determined rate  (CDR) as measured  by iodiometric  method.
                                      167

-------
 effluent are shown in Figure 56.  The subsequent aerobic biological
 process could only  remove 16.7 percent of the TOC after an aeration
 time of 6 hours.  Beyond 6 hours, the bacterial  cells lysed, resulting
 in a very high soluble TOC's.  Therefore, the biological process is
 not a feasible method for polishing the ozonated effluent.

 Organic Removal in Aerated Lagoon Effluent by Activated Carbon
 Two carbon column tests were conducted with the  effluent from the
 aerated lagoon unit 4, using two flow rates which gave empty bed
 detention times of 0.73 and 3.67 minutes.  The activated carbon
 breakthrough curves are shown in Figure 57 and 58 in  which  the C/Co
 was calculated for COD, TOC and color.   The column effluent COD, TOC,
 and color increased gradually as the amount of effluent passed through
 the bed increased.   The TOC removals generally increased parallel  to
 the COD values in the column effluent,  indicating that adsorption  of
 organics in  the column did not preferentially remove  the more oxygenated
 compounds.   The maximum COD removal  in  the column with the  0.73  minute
 detention time was  67% and decreased to 56% after 50  bed volumes.  The
 column  with  the 3.67  minute detention time removed initially 86% of
 the COD and  decreased to 74% after  50 bed volumes.  These results
 therefore show that high organic matter removals  can  be obtained using
 relatively low flowrates and  longer  detention times.   Both  columns
 removed  the  color bearing  organics  to a  greater extent then  the
 remainder of the  organics.

Organic Removal in Aerated Lagoon Effluent by Ion-Exchange Resins
The  ionization  of functional  groups  in weak  base  resin  depends on the  pH
of  the solution.  This also applies  to  the  functional  groups  in  the  organic
matter present  in the effluent of the aerated lagoons  both the influence
of pH of the feed solution and the operating  flowrate  on organic matter
removal were evaluated using  the weak base resin.  Sulfuric acid was
used to adjust pH of the influent.   Figures 59 and 60  show the COD,  TOC
and color breakthrough curves for the Duolite A-7 resin at the identical
operating flowrate of 1.76 cm/min but at pH values of 8.8 and 6.2,
                                    168

-------
  700
                             2           3

                            Aeration Time, days
Figure 56.  Results of aerobic biological polish of ozonated
  effluent from aerated lagoon 3 treating leachate
                               169

-------
 PH
         12
         II
         10
         9
         8
         7
         6
         1.0
        0.9
        0.8
        0.7
        0.6
C/C0(-) 0.5
        0.4
        Q3
        Q2
         O.I
                                                                    j TOG '- 214 mq/t
                                                      Column Influent < COD = 533 mg/*
                                                                    IpH  =8.8
                                                                     COD
                                      50             75
                                  Number Of Bed Volumes (-)
                                                                       100
125
Figure 57.  Activated carbon  breakthrough curve for effluent from aerated  lagoon
             unit 4 treating  leachate at  a flowrate of 1.76 cm/min

-------
pH





C/C0(-)



12
II
10
9
8
7
6
1.0
0.9
OB
O.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
02
0.1
r»
1 	 1 	 1 	 1 	 1
fTOC = 214 mg/1
~ Column Influent < COD = 547mg/i
_ IpH =8.8
—
—
-
—
—
—
—
/-TOC
^^0-^0
~ r&^^^^r^ C0^/~ Color at 400 nm
~L_-*— *-r-* — ^ — ^-r^ i
                      25
   50             75

Number Of Bed Volumes  (-)
100
125
Figure 58.   Activated carbon breakthrough curve for effluent from aerated lagoon
            unit 4 treating leachate at  a flowrate of 0.35 cm/min

-------
                  PH
ro
         12
         II
         10
         9
         8
         7
         6
         1.0
        as
        OB
        0.7
        0.6
C/Co(-) 0.5
        0.4
        Q3
        02
        (XI
         °0
                                                                                    fTOC = 214 mg/f
                                                                      Column Influent < COD =526mg/Jl
                                                                                    IpH  =8.8
                                                                     Color
                                      25
	50	75	
 Number Of Bed Volumes  (-)
100
                                                                                                   125
                Figure 59.  Duolite A-7 breakthrough  curve  for effluent from aerated lagoon unit
                                4 treating leachate,  at  a flowrate of 1.76 cm/min

-------
CO
          II
          10
          9
          8
          7
          6
         1.0
        0.9
        0.8
        0.7
        0.6
C/C0(-) 0.5
                      0.4
                      0.3
                      02-
                      0.1-
                                                                                      f TOC  = 214 mq/t
                                                                        Column Influent < COD  =544mg/*
                                                                                      i.pH   =6.2
                                                                            TOC
                                        25
    50              75
Number Of Bed Volumes (-)
                                                                        100
125
              Figure 60.  Duolite A-7  breakthrough curve for acidified  effluent from aerated lagoon
                              unit 4 treating leachate at a flowrate of 1.76  cm/min

-------
 respectively.  When  the  pH was  adjusted  from 8.8  to  6.2,  higher removals
 for  TOC,  COD,  and  color  were observed.   The initial  COD removal increased
 from 28%  to  37% as a  result of  the  pH decrease.   These removals,  however,
 are  less  than  the  68% removal obtained with activated carbon under similar
 flow conditions.   Since  the pK  value of  A-7 is approximately 6, the amine
 groups  of the  A-7  resin  are mostly  un-ionized at  pH  values much higher
 than 6, e.g.,  a pH of 9.  The degree of  ionization of the carboxyl
 groups  of the  organic matter in  the effluent is lower at  pH of 6.2 than
 that at a pH of 8.8.   The higher removals of TOC, COD and color at pH of
 6.2  may therefore  result from the adsorption mechanisms of the A-7 resin
 in a free base form.   A  similar  pH  effect was noted  by Schnack and Kaufman
 (1970) who used the weak base resin Duolite ES-33, with the same  phenol-
 formaldehyde matrices as A-7 but with a  pK of 4.5.   Passage of the
 aerated lagoon effluents through the resin resulted  in a pH increase
 from 8.8  to  9.1 and from 6.2 to  8.2.  The initial increase in pH  during
 adsorption of  the  organic matter onto the A-7 resin  from the aerated
 lagoon effluent was also noted by Kim (1974).  The pH increase could
 result from  the following reaction:

                          H              H
               A"  + H20  + N - RZ  ->  A H - N - RZ + OH"             (6)
                          H              H

 where A~  represents the  organic  anion.   The last  step in the preparation
 of the resin in the free base form  involves washing  with concentrated
 sodium hydroxide followed by rinsing with distilled  deionized water
 which cause the protonation of the  hydroxyl groups of the phenolic
 matrix of A-7.  If the protonation  of the ionized phenolic hydroxyl
 groups is not  completed  during rinsing with distilled deionized water,
 the  following  reaction would account for a pH increase:

               R'O" + H20 -> R'OH  +  OH"                            (7)

The pH gradually decreases to that  of the influent (Figure 60) as the
effluent bed volume increases,  and  protonation of the ionized phenolic
 hydroxyl groups are completed.
                                    174

-------
The breakthrough curve using the Duolite A-7 resin at the same pH of 6.2,
but at a lower operating flowrate of 0.35 cm/min is shown in Figure 61.
The lower flowrate resulted in an approximately 10 percent increase in
color and COD removal but did not greatly enhance TOC removals indicating
that less oxygenated compounds were being removed.  However, the initial
COD removal of 59% was still less than the 86% obtained with activated
carbon under similar flow conditions.   The initial pH increased more
sharply at a low operating flowrate of 0.35 cm/min than at a high flowrate
of 1.76 cm/min.

As strong base resins do not experience any pH effects this parameter
was not investigated, and only different resin matrices were studied for
this removal of organics.  The main mechanisms of organic removal by
strong base resins are adsorption on the resin matrix and ion exchange
by the functional groups.  As these mechanisms are applicable for a wide
pH range, no pH adjustments are necessary.  The breakthrough curves for
two strong base resins with effluent from the aerated lagoon 4 are shown
in Figure 62 and 63.  Both of these strong base resins were operated in
chloride form.  Removal of TOC, COD, and color with the IRA-938 styrene-
DVB matrix, was better than with the XE-279HP acrylic matrix.  Since
most of the organic matter in the extended aeration effluent is present
as a fulvic acid-like material, containing substantial amounts of
aromatic groups, a high affinity and thus stronger adsorption may be
expected when the chemical configuration of the organic material and the
resin matrix are similar as is the case for the aromatic styrene-DBV
type resins.  This affinity can be explained by the interactions of IT
electrons of the aromatic rings.  Two clouds of electrons are formed
near the aromatic ring by the TT bonds between carbon atoms of the
aromatic ring.  The effects of TT electrons affinity between aromatic
compounds and the non-ionic styrene-DVB type resin obviously aids
adsorption.

The salts in the effluent of these ion exchange columns did not change
appreciable with either type of anion resins used.  Slight increases in
TDS were then experienced with the use of the strong base resins which

                                    175

-------
l£
II
10
7
6
1.0
Q9
OB
0.7
0.6
C/C0(-) 0.5
0.4
Q3
Q2
0.1
°C
i I i 	 1 	 1
_ f TOC = 214 mg/l
Column Influent < COD =522mg/* "
- 	 IpH =6.2
- ^^"^-^
— _
— _
—
-
-^^^Tr0"^"^^^^^ ™
~*^ u I
—










> 25 50 75 100 125
                                    Number Of Bed Volumes  (-)
Figure 61.   Duolite A-7 breakthrough curve for acidified  effluent from aerated  lagoon
               unit 4 treating leachate at a flowrate of  0.35  cm/min

-------
PH



C/Co(-)


12
II
10
9
8
7
6
1.0
0.9
03
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
Q2
0.1
n
fTOC = 2l4mg/J
~ Column Influent < COD = 533mg/l
_ tpH =8.8

—
—
— ~
—

— o 	 o o .0— ^ 1U1-
_ / 	 	 	 D COD
_(/ ^


                        25
   50

Number Of Bed Volumes  (-)
                                                                                   125
Figure 62.  Amberlite IRA-938 breakthrough curve for effluent from aerated lagoon
              unit 4 treating leachate, at a flowrate of 0.35 cm/min

-------
                  pH
oo
         12
         II
         10
         9
         8
         7
         6
         1.0
        Q9
        OB
        0.7
        0.6
C/C0(~) 0.5
        Q4
        0.3
        Q2
         0.1
                                                                                     fTOC = 2l4mg/jl
                                                                       Column Influent < COD =527 mg/Jt
                                                                                     LpH  =8.8
                                                            Color
                                       25
                                        50             75
                                     Number Of Bed Volumes (-)
100
125
               Figure 63.  Amberlite  XE-279HP breakthrough curve for effluent from aerated  lagoon
                             unit  4 treating  leachate, at a flowrate of 0.35 cm/min

-------
is due to the exchange of the chloride ion from the  resin  into  the
solution.

The organic removal  achieved with both ion exchange  and activated
carbon processes are summarized in Table 14.   The data collected at
the same flowrate show that activated carbon  gives the best removal of
organic matter from aerated lagoon effluent.   The next best results
were obtained with the strong base resin, Amberlite  IRA-938 having  the
styrene-DVB matrix.   This resin showed a slightly greater organic
removal than the weak base resin A-7, even though the effluent passed
through the A-7 column was acidified.

Since relatively large and expensive thermal  regeneration equipment is
needed for regeneration of the spent carbon in addition to the pumping
costs for transferring the carbon, synthetic resins appear to be an
attractive alternative.  These resins can be regenerated by inexpensive
chemicals such as NaOH or NaCl.

Organic Removal in Aerated Lagoon Effluent by Reverse Osmosis
Based on the preliminary results  treating raw  leachate, the NS-100
reverse  osmosis membranes were shown to  have a better  rejection of
organics than cellulose acetate membranes.  This  is due to the distinct
differences  in the chemical  nature of the NS-100  membrane as opposed  to
the somewhat more polar nature of the cellulose acetate (CA) membrane.
The NS-100 membrane materials, which are less  polar,  have less tendency
to act as  proton accepters  as  compared with CA.

The rejection of TDS  with  these membranes was  evaluated simultaneously
with  removal of organics  from  the aerated lagoon  effluents.  As shown
in Table 15, both organic  matter  and  TDS were  removed effectively  with
the membrane process.  The flux  of membranes was  also quite  high.
Membrane processes  are thus an excellent method  for polishing  effluent
from  extended aeration units,  activated  carbon columns and  ion exchange
columns.   Since  the fouling of membranes by  suspended solids  is the
                                   179

-------
                     Table 14
Removal  of Organics by Resins and Activated Carbon
Material
Activated
Carbon
Duol ite
A-7
Amberl ite
IRA- 938
Amberl ite
XE-279HP
Flowrate
1.76
0.35
1.76
1.76
0.35
0.35
0.35
Percentage Removal After
50 Bed Volume
TOC
47
71
6
42
43
43
26
COD
56
74
6
37
48
59
41
Color
71
94
31
80
92
95
76
Influent pH
8.8
8.8
8.8
6.2
6.2
8.8
8.8
Effluent pH at
50 Bed Volume
8.8
8.8
8.9
6.8
7.4
8.8
8.8
                          180

-------
CO
                                                     Table 15

            Removal of Organics and Salts with the NS-100 Membrane From Effluents of the Aerated  Lagoon
                       4, and From Effluent of the Activated Carbon- and Ion Exchange Columns

                                    Operation Pressure = 600 psig, Temp. = 24°C
Feed TOC IDS
Solution (mg/1) (mg/1)
Extended 214 6200
Aeration
Effluent
Activated 48.2 6200
Carbon
Ion 132.7 6200
Exchange
A-7
Effluent
Ion 118.8 6260
Exchange
IRA- 938
Effluent
Ion 143.4 6250
Exchange
XE-279HP
Effluent
% Volume TOC in %
Recovery Permeate Rejection
(mg/1) of TOC
51.2 10.7 95
66.2 16.6 92.2
50 6.5 86.4
47.6 4.7 96.5
44.4 7.3 93.8
48.4 8.2 94.3
TDS in %
Permeate Rejection
(mg/1) of TDS
390 93.7
550 91.1
270 95.7
267 95.7
294 95.3
310 95
Flux
gal/day/ft2,
(crrr/day/cm^)
9.8 (4.0)
9.0 (3.65)
12.5 (5.1)
12.0 (4.9)
12.4 (5.0)
11.9 (4.8)
           The operating conditions for activated carbon and resins columns for treating aerated  lagoon
           effluent were at a flow rate of 0.35 cm/min and a pH of 8.8; with the exception  of the A-7
           column which was run at a pH of 5.5

-------
 major limitation of this process, pretreatment of effluent from the
 extended aeration unit by filtration or chemical  precipitation may be
 necessary.   No significant improvement of reverse osmosis  effluent
 quality was obtained by pretreatment of the aerated lagoon effluent by
 carbon and  resin columns (Table 15).

 Ahlgren (1971) has studied the costs of different alternatives for
 demineralization and concluded that cation and anion  exchange  methods
 are the only applicable for low IDS levels with concentrations less
 than 200 ppm.   In the transition range between 200 to 2,000 ppm of IDS,
 electrodialysis is an attractive treatment method.  Reverse osmosis is
 the most attractive means of demineralization.  With  feed  water contain-
 ing more than  2-00 ppm IDS.   Since  the IDS level  in the  effluent of the
 aerated lagoon units receiving leachate was  higher than  2,000  ppm  IDS,
 only the reverse osmosis process was considered in  this  study  for
 demineralization.

 The activated  carbon process  was further studied  to treat  the  reverse
 osmosis  permeate in  order to  obtain  effluent of high  quality.   The
 influent to  the activated carbon column  consisting of the  permeate  of
 NS-100  membrane had  an  organic concentration of 16.6  mg/1  TOC  (33.6
 mg/1  COD).   The results  shown  in  Figure  64, reveal an 82%  COD  removal
 which is  only  slightly  less than  the 86%  observed for the  unfractionated
 effluent.  The  TOC removal, however,  is  considerably  lower  than  the COD
 removal,  indicating  that  highly  oxidized  compounds with a  low  COD/TOC
 pass through the activated carbon column.

 Based on  the results of the above studies, a proposed scheme for treating
 leachate with aerated lagoon followed by  various physical-chemical  methods
 is depicted  in  Figure 65.  The detention  time of the aerated lagoon could
 be varied from  10 to 30 days depending on the nature of landfill leachate
being treated.   The NS-100 membrane could be substituted by the duPont's
B-10 Permeator  (Wilmington, DE), because both of these membrane materials
have comparable characteristics in terms of organic and TDS removals.
                                   182

-------
                   PH
00
         12
         II
         10
         9
         8
         7
         6
         1.0
        0.9
        0.8
        0.7
        0.6
C/C0(-) 0.5
        0.4
        0.3
        02
         O.I
                                                                                      f TOC - 16.6 mg/l
                                                                        Column InfluenU COD -33.6mg/*
                                                                                      IpH  =8.5
                                                     TOC
                                                 COD
                                                        50              75
                                                    Number Of Bed Volumes (-)
                                                                       100
125
              Figure 64.   Activated carbon breakthrough curve for RO NS-100 membrane permeate from
                            effluent of aerated  lagoon  unit 4 at a flow of 0.35 cm/min

-------
  Raw
  Leachate
           (Nutrient Addition)

                    1
                          Classification
Extended Aeration
Treatment
   Sludge Cake
   Disposal
                 Sludge
                 Dewatering
                  Sludge
                  Conditioning
  Final

  Effluent
                   Reverse Osmosis
                   NS-ICO
                   Membrane
             Reverse Osmosis
             \IS-IOO
             /lembrone
                                             pH
                 'Regenerant 'Adjustment
                 I.SNNacL
                   Reverse Osmosis
                   NS-IOO
                   Membrane
                          Strong Base
                          Ion Exchange
                          Resin
                          Amberlite IRA938
                                           ' Regenerant
                                            1.5 N Nacl
                                        Reverse Osmosis
                                        NS-IOO
                                        Membrane
 Recovery Or
 Ultimate Disposal
    /     V

  {        1
                                                         ,RO
                                                         Retentate
  Ion Exchange)
—[Spent
  iRegenerant




          H^
Figure 65.   Sanitary Landfill  Leachate Treatment  Schematic Diagram
                                    184

-------
                              REFERENCES


Ahlgnen, R.  M.  "Membrane vs Resinous Ion Exchange Demineralization,"
     Indust. Water Engineering, 8_, 1, January (1971).

Chassanov, M. G., Kunin, R.  and McGarvey, F.   "Sorption of Phenol  by
     Anion Exchange Resins,"  Ind. Eng.  Chem., 48, 305 (1956).

Chian, E. S. K.  and DeWalle, F. B.  "Characterization and Treatment of
     Leachates Generated from Landfills," AIChE Symposium Series,  No. 145,
     Vol. 71, Water-1974, p. 319 (1975).

Chian, E. S. K.  and DeWalle, F. B.  "Criteria of Selection of Methods for
     Leachate Treatment," Proceed. Second National Conference on Complete
     Water Reuse, AIChE (1976a).

Chian, E. S. K.  and DeWalle, F. B.  "Sanitary Landfill Leachates and
     their Treatment," Journal Environ.  Engr. Div. ASCE 1_02, 411 (1976b).

Chian, E. S. K.  and Fang, H. H. P.  "Evaluation of New Reverse Osmosis
     Membranes for the Separation of Toxic Compounds from Water,"  AIChE
     Symposium Series 136, 70, 497 (1974).

Cook, C. N.  and Foree, E. G.  "Aerobic Biostabilization of Sanitary
     Landfill Leachate," Journ. Water Pollution Control Fed., 46,  380
     (1974).             	   —

Caughlin, R. W.  and Ezra, F. A.  "Role of Surface Acidity in the
     Adsorption of Organic Pollutants on the Surface of Carbon,"
     Env. Sci. and Tech., 2, 291 (1968).

Dorfner, K.   "Ion Exchange:   Properties and Applications,"  Ann Arbor
     Science Publishers, Inc. (1972).

Helfferich,  F.  "Ion Exchange,"  McGraw-Hill  Book Co., Inc., New York
     (1962).

Ho, S.-et al_.  "Chemical Treatment of Leachates from Sanitary Landfills,"
     Jour. Water Pollution Control Fed.. 46, 1776 (1974).

Karr, P. R.   "Treatment of Leachate from Sanitary Landfills," Special
     Research Problem School of Civil Engineering, Georgia Institute
     of Technology, Atlanta, GA, Oct. (1972).

Kim, B. R.  "Adsorption of Organic Compounds by Activated Carbon and
     Synthetic Resin," Master Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering,
     University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois (1974).
                                    185

-------
Mattson, J. S. and Mark, H. B. Jr.  "Activated Carbon:  Surface Chemistry
     and Adsorption from Solution," Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1971).

Pohland, F. G. and Kang, S. J.  "Sanitary Landfill Stabilization with
     Leachate Recycle and Residual Treatment," AIChE Symposium Series
     No. 145, Water-1974, Vol. 71, 208 (1975).

Schnack, P. G. and Kaufman, W. J.  "Removal of Organic Contaminants -
     Optimizing Resin Column Operations," SERL Report No. 70-11,
     Sanitary Engineering Research Lab., University of California,
     Berkeley, California (1970).

Simensen, T. and Odegaard, H.  "Pilot Studies for the Chemical  Coagulation
     of Leachate," Norwegian Institute of Water Pollution Research,
     Blindern, Oslo (1971).

Smith, J. M.  "Chemical Engineering Kinetics," 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill
     Book Co., Inc., New York (1970).

Snoeyink, V. L.  and Weber, W. J.  Jr.   "The Surface Chemistry of Activated
     Carbon," Env. Sci. and Tech.. 1,  229 (1967).

Sourirajan, S.  "Reverse Osmosis," Academic Press, New York (1970).

Thornton, R. J.  and Blanc, F. C.   "Leachate Treatment by Coagulation
     and Precipitation," J.  Environmental Engineering Div., ASCE, 99,
     535 (1973).                                                   ~~

Weber, W. J. Jr.   "Physiochemical  Processes for Water Quality Control,"
     Wiley-Interscience, New York (1972).

Weston, R.  F.   "Leachate Treatability  Study,  New Castle County, Delaware,"
     Roy F.  Weston Inc., West Chester, Pennsylvania (1974).
                                   186

-------
                                    V
         COMBINED TREATMENT OF LEACHATE AND MUNICIPAL SEWAGE
                      IN AN ACTIVATED SLUDGE UNIT


                              CONCLUSION

Laboratory study showed that a conventional plugflow activated sludge unit
receiving municipal sewage could effectively treat a high strength leachate
containing high concentrations of free volatile fatty acids such as
acetic- and butyric acid.  Directly after the leachate addition some
deterioration in effluent quality of the test unit was observed; after
prolonged periods, however, effluent BOD values of the test unit receiv-
ing low leachate additions were generally comparable to that of the
control unit.  While BOD values are not greatly affected, COD concentra-
tions showed a gradual increase with increasing leachate addition
indicating that larger quantities of refractory organics were released
from the test unit.  The test unit was not able to treat the high
strength waste at 4% of the influent inflow rate as evidenced by high
BOD effluent concentrations and deteriorating sludge characteristics.
This operating failure was attributed to limiting phosphate concentra-
tions in the influent and the relative composition of the soluble high-
molecular-weight organics that tend to affect the flocculation of the
sludge.  A tertiary treatment unit such as activated carbon showed lower
organic matter removals after addition of leachate to the municipal
activated sludge unit.  The decreased removal was also thought to be
due to the differences in the low-molecular-weight organic matter
composition.  The advantage of combined treatment is that it may be
the least expensive alternative as compared to treating the leachate
in a separate unit at the landfill site.  In addition the effluent
phosphate concentration would be reduced due to the low COD:P ratio in
the leachate.  A disadvantage of the combined treatment is the required
increase in size of the secondary clarifier while lower organic matter
removals may occur in a tertiary activated carbon unit treating the
effluent from the combined treatment unit.

                                    187

-------
                             INTRODUCTION

Solid waste landfills can have an adverse impact on the environment when
leachates contaminate underlying groundwater strata or surface streams.
Such impact can be controlled by reducing the quantity of leachate
generated or by treating the leachate already generated.   Treatment of
leachate can be realized by recirculation of the leachate back into the
landfill to enhance anaerobic biological  removal of the pollutants, by
construction of separate treatment units  at the site, or by combined
treatment at a municipal sewage plant.  The purpose of this study was
therefore to evaluate the addition of increasing quantities of leachate
to a conventional  plugflow activated sludge unit treating municipal
sewage.   Results in Chapter III indicate  that high  strength leachate is
amenable to aerobic biological  treatment.   Only one earlier study evalu-
ated the addition  of leachate to a unit treating municipal  sewage.

Boyle and Ham (1974)  found that leachate  with a COD of 10,000 mg/1
could be added to  domestic sewage in an extended aeration activated-
sludge unit at a level  of at least 5% by  volume without seriously
impairing the effluent  quality.  At greater than 5% by volume, leachate
additions resulted in substantial solids  production, increased oxygen
uptake rates, and  poorer mixed  liquor separation.
                                  188

-------
                      ACTIVATED SLUDGE PROCESSES

The activated sludge process is a very flexible process  and  can  be
adapted to almost any type of biological  waste-treatment problem.   The
purpose of this section is to discuss the characteristics and the
applicability of both the conventional activated-sludge  processes  as
well as some of the modifications (Metcalf and Eddy,  1972)  for
leachate treatment:
     (a)  The conventional process utilizes a plug-flow  pattern  with
recycle of the settled sludge.  The recommended operating parameters
are an aeration period about 6 hours, an  organic loading of about  0.2
to 0.4 mg BOD/mg MLVSS-day.  The mixed liquor volatile suspended solids
(MLVSS) ranges from 1,500 to 3,000 mg/1.   The ratio of the volume  of  the
recycle sludge stream to influent stream  is often about  0.25 to  0.5.
The sludge age is generally maintained at a value of about five  to
fifteen days.
     (b)  The complete-mix process, in which the influent waste  stream
is completely mixed within the total contents of the unit, has a better
resistance to shock loads, and is generally applicable to biological
treatment of industrial wastes (Metcalf and Eddy, 1972).
     (c)  The step-aeration process in which the settled sewage  is
introduced at several points along the aeration tank, has a lower peak
oxygen demand than the conventional plugflow unit as the loading is
equalized over the length of the aeration tank.  Higher BOD loadings
per unit aeration tank volume are therefore possible.  This process
is also capable of withstanding shock loads better than the conventional
plugflow process.
     (d)  The contact-stabilization process was developed to take the
advantage of the absorptive properties of activated sludge to remove
colloidal, finely suspended, and dissolved organic matter in the wastes.
Its value in industrial waste treatment is limited largely to wastes  in
which the organic matter is predominantly present as colloidal organics.
                                   189

-------
      (e)   The extended-aeration process,  aerated  lagoon  and  oxidation
 ditch processes  are applicable  only to  small  treatment plants.
      (f)   The Kraus process  is  used to  treat  high-carbohydrate wastes
 containing a  low amount  of N and P  nutrients  in combination  with
 domestic  sewage.   The  nutrients are added to  the  unit by aerating a
 portion of the return  sludge and the digested sludge containing
 large amounts of N and P in  a separate  reaeration tank.   This mixture
 is  then combined with  the remainder of  the recycle  sludge and returned
 to  the aeration  basin.

 All  of the above units can be aerated with air or with pure  oxygen.
 The  pure-oxygen  process  has  a number of advantages, such as  increased
 bacterial  activity,  decreased sludge volume,  reduced aeration tank
 volume, and improved sludge  settling (Albertson,  1970).

 The  present study selected the  conventional plugflow activated sludge
 process for the  combined  treatment  evaluation, as this process is the
 most  commonly  used  at  the  present time to  treat municipal  sewage.
 Although the  conventional  plugflow  activated  sludge process would be
 subject to  upsets  more  easily  than  the modifications discussed above,
 it is  felt  that  if  the conventional   process would be able  to treat
 the combined  leachate-municipal   sewage flow,  the modified  processes
 would  certainly be able  to treat  this waste stream.

 The present research simulated  the conventional plugflow  system by
 employing three completely mixed reactors  in  series.  Theoretically,
 a series of an infinitive  number of  complete-mix reactors  becomes a
 plug-flow reactor.  However,  a  system with only three complete-mix
 reactors in series can be considered as approaching a plug-flow without
much experimental error.   Table  16 shows the ratio of reactor volume
between the complete-mix and  the plug-flow reactors by assuming
first-order reaction kinetics for BODg removal.
                                  190

-------
                              Table 16

        Required Reactor Volume for a Complete-Mixed Reactor
               as Compared with a Plug-Flow Reactor at
                    Various Removal Efficiencies
Number of
Reactors
in Series
1
2
3
4
6
8
10

The
85%
Removal
Efficiency
2.98
1.67
1.42
1.30
1.17
1.14
1.10
1.0
Ratio of Reactor
90%
Removal
Efficiency
3.91
1.88
1.52
1.32
1.25
1.15
1.13
1.0
*
Volume Vr/Vp
95%
Removal
Efficiency
6.33
2.32
1.73
1.49
1.30
1.20
1.17
1.0

98%
Removal
Efficiency
12.53
3.10
1.99
1.70
1.41
1.29
1.23
1.0
*Vr = Volume of a series of complete-mix reactors
 Vp = Volume of the plug-flow reactor
                                   191

-------
     COMBINED TREATMENT OF HIGH STRENGTH WASTE AND MUNICIPAL SEWAGE

 Several studies have pointed out advantages of combined treatment of an
 industrial waste and municipal sewage as compared to separate treatment
 of the two waste streams.  The significant savings in capital and
 operating costs is often mentioned as its largest advantage (City of
 Dallas, 1971).   Longdon (1969) further pointed out that combined treat-
 ment reduced the foaming and bulking of a municipal  activated sludge
 plant receiving yeast wastes.  In fact many industrial  wastes such as
 those from meat packing plants, cotton mills, metal  industries (El-
 Gohary, 1971) pharmaceutical  industries (Andersen ejt al_., 1971), citrus
 processing plants (Eidsness et al_.,  1971),  drying industry (Hashimoto
 et a]_., 1972) and papermills  (Clingenpeel  and Jones, 1974) are amenable
 to combined treatment.

 In several instances,  however, it  was  necessary to either modify existing
 treatment plants or  to  adapt  the  treatment  plant  operation to the specific
 waste.   Poon  (1970),  for  example,  showed  that combined  treatment was
 successful  when not  more  than one  part of a  high  strength nylon waste
 was  added  to  seven parts  of municipal  sewage.   Brosig ejt a_l_.  (1971)
 indicated  that  90% BOD  removal  was only realized  at  hydraulic  retention
 times as  high as 9 hours.  Often  treatment plants have  to be  converted
 to accept  the industrial  waste.  A conventional municipal  activated
 sludge  plant was converted to a contact stabilization plant in order
 to treat a  nitrogen deficient corn products waste (Niles and  Etzel,
 1971).  Pilot plant  investigations of  the conventional,  Kraus  and contact
 stabilization process resulted  in the  selection of the  latter  process
 for combined treatment of municipal wastewater and weak  effluents of
 four paper mills  (Vockel ejt al_., 1974).  It was further  noted  that
 nutrient addition and chlorination of  the return  sludge  were requred.

Previous studies at the University of  Illinois showed that a plugflow
activated sludge unit treating municipal sewage could effectively
degrade a pretreated industrial wastewater from a chemical industry
                                    192

-------
at a waste to sewage ratio of as  high as  2.5 to 1.   Although  the
effluent COD values showed a substantial  increase as compared to  the
control unit, neither the effluent BOD nor the settleability  of the
sludge showed any change when the F/M ratio of the unit remained  con-
stant.  The COD removal  in activated carbon columns treating  the  effluent
of the combined activated sludge  unit was also not affected by the waste
additions (Chian et_ al_., 1976).  The present study used the same  activated
sludge units but evaluated a landfill leachate waste stream of a  substan-
tially higher strength and of a less biodegradable nature than the
industrial wastes.  Using a similar solid waste leachate stream with
a COD of 10,820 mg/1, Boyle and Hqm (1974) added increasing volume
percentages of leachate to a batch operated extended aeration unit with
a 24 hour detention time treating municipal sewage resulting in an
increased organic loading of the units from 0.04 to 0.5 kg BOD/kg MLSS
day.  They concluded that the units were not significantly affected
below a 5% addition of leachate, corresponding to an organic loading
of 0.15 kg BOD/kg MLSS day.  As they varied two factors at the same
time,  i.e., organic loading and percentage of  leachate addition, it is
difficult to conclude the impact of each factor.  The present study
therefore used a different  experimental design in which the  loading
to unit was  kept constant while the percentage of leachate addition
was  gradually  increased.  The  effluent of  both the  test and  the control
unit had  to meet  Illinois effluent  standards of a BOD not  to exceed
10 mg/1 and  a  suspended  solids concentration not  to exceed 12 mg/1.
Cities with  more  than 500,000  inhabitants  or cities that discharge
into lake Michigan  should not  exceed  4 mg/1 BOD or  5 mg/1  suspended
solids.   Furthermore the effluent ammonia-N concentration  should  not
exceed  2.5 mg/1  in  the  summer, and  4  mg/1  the  remainder of the year,
while phosphorous  should not  exceed 1 mg/1  and TDS  should  not  exceed
750  mg/1.

As  the combined  treatment requires  an adequate nutrient  balance  for the
activated sludge,  determination  of  the N  and  P content of  different
leachates was  made.  The compositions of leachate samples  from different
sanitary  landfills  reveal  a large variation in concentration of  differ-

                                    193

-------
 ent constituents  (Table 17).  The characteristics of the leachate pro-
 duced from a given landfill depend upon such variables as composition
 of the landfill material, environmental conditions, and age of the land-
 fill.  Morgan e_t aj_.  (1973) recommended that the optimum nutrient ratio
 for the conventional  activated-sludge process should be BOD,-:N:P = 100-5-1
                                                            b
 These ratios are not  fixed but depend upon both the sludge age, and the
 operating conditions  of the activated sludge system.  The average concen-
 tration of nutrients  in leachate are 10,244 mg/1 of BODg, 215 mg/1 of N
 and 24.61 mg/1  of P which would result in average ratio for BOD5:N:P of
 100:2.09:0.24.   This  indicates that the leachate is deficient in both
 nitrogen and phosphorus.   The municipal sewage on the other hand contains
 too much nitrogen and phosphorus relative to BODj- materials,  thus sewage
 treatment plants have experienced difficulty in removing these nutrients.
 Furthermore high nitrate  concentrations often cause operating problems
 in the secondary clarifier as  denitrificstion and formation of nitrogen
 gas bubbles may prevent adequate sludge settling.   The  combined treatment
 of leachate with sewage would  provide,  at least a partial  solution to both
 of these  problems.   Since  the  excess  nitrogen and phosphorus  present in
 the sewage can  compensate  for  the deficiency in nutrients  in  the leachate,
 the potential financial savings  resulting  from  the  elimination of require-
 ments  for nitrogen  and phosphorus removal  processes  may offset some  of the
 additional  costs  required  for  expanding  the  system  to treat leachate.

 The analysis of  leachate samples  from sanitary  landfills showed  very  high
 concentrations of metals and total dissolved  inorganic  solids  (TDS)
 (Table 17).  Many of  the metals are expected  to  precipitate in  the
 aeration  tank as metal  hydroxide  or calcium carbonate under aerobic
 and alkaline conditions.   The  TDS  is not expected to present problems
 in the operation of the treatment  plant when a  high dilution ratio with
 the sewage is selected.

The anaerobic-sludge digestion is the most common means of treating the
waste-activated sludge.  Metals that are concentrated by the biological
sludge in the aeration tank are often released during anaerobic digestion.
                                    194

-------
                      Table 17

Composition of Leachate Samples Collected  from Eleven
    Different Sources (Chian and DeWalle,  1976)
Source
Parameter
(mg/1)
COD
TOC
BOD5
Biocarbonate
Alkalinity (CaCO)
PH
Conductivity
(ymho/cm)
ORP (mV)
Turbidity (JTU)
SS
FSS
TS
FS
Org-N
NH4-N
NCyN
N02-N
Total -P
Ortho-P
SO
Cl
Ca
Mg
Fe
Na
K
UI
Lysimeter
49,300
17,060
24,700
668
5.13
13,700
-60
75
139
92.5
33,989
15,586
544.7
392.6
0.5
Trace
21.5
6.5
1,110
1,480
3,750
650
2,200
1,360
1,140
Range
81.10-71,680
70.00-27,700
3.90-57,000
142.00- 3,520
5.09- 7.25
978.00-16,800
(-220)-(+163)
23.00- 270
8.90- 923
7.50- 901
911.00-55,348
812.00-22,895
3.20- 945
1.40- 1,028
0.40- 10.25
Trace - 0.19
0.50- 98
0.25- 85
7.40- 1,558
60.20- 2,467
76.00- 3,900
35.00- 1,140
0.50- 1,046
37.50- 1,580
35.00- 2,300
Average
15,670
5,567
10,244
914
6.13
6,234
-11.36
91.31
264
193
12,559
5,704
135
211
3.93
0.03
24.61
16.05
284
720
961
334
402
391
527
                         195

-------
 The ferric ion is reduced to ferrous ion, and precipitated with sulfide,
 phosphate, or carbonate.  Malhotra, et al_. (1971), for example, found
 that the pH, alkalinity, volatile acids, and the percentage of reduction
 of volatile solids in test digesters used for digesting sludges contain-
 ing iron phosphates were not different from those in control  digesters.
 The addition of ferrous-iron in the feed sludge up to a maximum level
 of 5.5% on a dry solids basis did not upset the digestion  process.
 However, the thickened waste-activated sludge containing the  precipitated
 iron phosphates resulted in significant releases of phosphate during
 digestion.   Singer (1972)  indicated that the release of phosphate  from
 anaerobic digesters is limited  by the concentration of ferrous iron,  which
 forms solid ferrous phosphate or vivianite,  while retention as solid
 calcium phosphate [Ca3(P04)2] or hydroxyapatite [Ca5(P04)3OH]  was  not
 thought to  be  the major mechanism.   Thomas  (1972)  reported  that the
 results obtained  from  eight wastewater  treatment plants  showed that the
 phosphate precipitated  with ferric  chloride  did not appear  in  the
 supernatant during  the  digestion  of activated  sludge  containing  iron
 phosphate.   The above  results,  therefore  indicate  that although  addition
 of  iron will not  upset  the  anaerobic  digesters,  it  may cause  significant
 release of  phosphates during  the  digestion process.

 Based on  the above  considerations,  an evaluation was made of a conventional
 plugflow  activated  sludge unit maintained at a  constant  loading  but
 receiving increasing volumetric amounts of leachate.  The unit was also
 tested  with a constant  volume addition of leachate  but at increasing
 loadings.   During leachate additions  the effluent quality was monitored
 for nutrients to ensure adequate growth.  The sludge was evaluated for
 its settling properties to determine any impairment that might be
 introduced as a result of leachate addition.  The anaerobic digester
receiving waste sludge from the combined biological unit was evaluated
for potential phosphate recycle.
                                    196

-------
                         MATERIALS AND METHODS

The continuous flow units employed in the present study consisted of
a  primary clarifier, activated sludge units and secondary clarifiers
(Figure 66).  A 190 liter (50 gallon) capacity primary clarifier was
operated on a batch basis in which a Moyno pump (Robbin and Meyer,
Arlington Heights, IL) was turned on fifteen minutes every hour to
replace the volume in the clarifier with sewage pumped from the municipal
sewer.   The sewage was introduced into the primary sedimentation tank
from the bottom, and the suspended solids that settled in the tank were
flushed out every hour for fifteen minutes through the overflow.  The
sand particles that settled on the bottom of the tank were removed
manually every few months.  The clarified sewage was drawn from the
middle of the tank and delivered to the aeration tank by the Moyno
feed pumps.  A lever switch was installed on the primary clarifier as
a  safety device.  When the level of sewage in the tank dropped to a
point somewhat above the outlet to the Moyno feed pumps, the feed pumps
were shut off automatically to prevent wearing by running dry.

The aeration basins with a total effective volume of 60 liters consisted
of three completely mixed compartments in sequence.   A weir was provided
on each of the partitions to allow overflow to the succeeding compartment.
The design of the air supply system is shown in Figure 67.  An air filter
was installed upstream of the air regulator for removing particulate
matter from the air line  (the particulates might otherwise clog the air
supplying system).  The air line pressure was controlled by a regulator,
and the distribution of air to the diffusers was controlled by six
airflow meters.   The diffusers were made of perforated polyethylene
instead of the more conventional porous stone.   Plugging of the stone
air diffusers through biological growths had been experienced in early
runs.
                                   197

-------
          Sewage Level Switch

                   22"
             igh Water Level
          I
Low Wafer Level
                Primary
                Ctarifier
          Bypass,
                                                                  Scraper
                                      _fl    Return Sludge   Secondary
                                Solenoi  Valve,              <$$$£!
                             Moyno
                             Pump
         Timer Contro

^J
0
0
o
o
e

o
e
o
o
e
P» /
0
0
e
o
e
Unit B


/-Randolph
/ Pump

j_i_
*
^|,
Figure  66.   The Hydraulic Flow System  of the  Plugflow  Activated
              Sludge Pilot Plant
                                   198

-------
                                     Air Flow
                                      Meters
                                 Air Dif fusers
   Air Filter
Air Pressure
 Regulator
                                                                           CD
Figure 67.   Airflow System for  the Activated-Sludge Pilot Plant

-------
The  secondary clarifiers with a volume of 17.5 liters were designed for
a detention time of 70 minutes at a flowrate of 250 ml/min and a surface
                               ?                2
over flow rate of 2.28 liter/cm -sec  (285 gpd/ft ).  A rotating scraper
was  installed to minimize any wall effect from the sedimentation units.
The  thickened sludge was pumped with  peristaltic Randolph pumps (Randolph
Company, Houston, Texas).  The leachate, that was fed to the test unit,
was  stored in a 19 liter (5 gallon) polyethylene bottle which was kept at
5°C.  An electrolytic pump, producing hydrogen and oxygen, was connected
to a rubber bladder located in the leachate container.  Expansion of the
bladder fed the leachate at a constant rate to the test activated sludge
unit (Figure 68).

The  wasting of excess activated sludge, and the sampling of sewage were
performed by Masterflex pumps (Cole Palmer, Chicago, IL) which were con-
trolled by a timer, and operated automatically for five minutes every
hour.  A three-way solenoid valve, also controlled by a timer, was
installed to bypass the sewage flow to the test unit for the purpose
of controlling the feedflow rate.   A  schematic of the overall electrical
system is shown in Figure 69.

The  activated-sludge system requires a certain amount of maintenance.
The  tubing of the pumps had to be replaced after a certain period of
operation, varying from three days to six months, depending upon the flow
rate.  The rubber tubing (Matheson Scientific Company, Elkfron Village,
IL) used in te Randolph pump had a life span of three to six days.  The
Tygon tubing used in the Masterflex pump (Cole Palmer, Chicago, IL) had
a life span of one to six months.   Packing rings on the Moyno Pumps had
to be replaced every half year, and replacement of the Stator Assembly
was necessary about once a year or more.

The anaerobic sludge digesters consisted of two reactors made of Plexiglas
26.6 cm diameter and 45.8 cm in height having a volume of approximately
24 liters (Figure 70).   Each reactor was fitted with a stainless steel
helical  worm stirrer,  equipped at  the bottom with a scraper extending
                                    200

-------
                                       Sewage -
                              Mixture Of Sewage
                              And Leachate
        Ammete
A,C.
Source—*-
                                                 ^      |W in • wi ^__j s
                                                y///////////////.
                                                                   /Refrigerator
•Composite
 Sewage
 Sample
             Power
             Control
           Figure 68.  Leachate Feeding and Automatic Sampling Systems

-------
A.C.
Source A

N Pi lot Box
_L
Sewage
Level
Switch




1:
V
V
                                • Moyno Pump (Unit A)

                                 Moyno Pump (UnitB)

                                 Electrolytic Pump

                                 Spare

                                 Spare
              A.C. Source B
                     O  -
    Electrolytic Pump -Leachate
    Scraper Of Settling Tank          •>
    Masterflex Pump For Wasting Sludge J Unit A
    Masterf lex Pump For Sampling
    Solenoid Valve
    Masterflex Pump For Wasting Sludge ,
                                 } UnitB
    Scraper Of Settling Tank
   A.C. Source  C
                  Timer On-Off Control
Moyno Pump For Pumping Sewage From
Municipal Sewer
Figure 69.   Electrical Systems  for the  Activated-Sludge Units
                                     202

-------
      To Gas Meter
                                      Mechanipak Seal
                                          Inlet
18"
                                             Plexiglas
                                             Vessel
                                                      Outlet
    Figure 70.  Schematic of the Anaerobic  Digesters
                             203

-------
 almost the whole diameter of the reactor.   The  stirrer  was  operated
 continuously at 60 revolutions  per  minute.   All  reactors  were  tested
 under pressure for gas  tightness before  operation.   The operating  volume
 containing the anaerobic  sludge was 15 liters.

 The leachate used in  this study was obtained from a  laboratory scale,
 simulated  landfill  consisting of an epoxy-coated steel  tank lined  with
 heavy duty PVC sheeting,  measuring  1.5 m in diameter and  3  m high  to
 which simulated rainfall  was added.   The solid  waste used to fill  this
 column was milled after collection  in the Hartwell section  of  Cincinnati,
 Ohio.

 Samples were collected  at specific  intervals  from the various  sampling
 points in  the activated sludge  unit for  specific analysis.   A  daily
 composite  sewage sample was  collected with  a  Masterflex pump operated
 automatically five  minutes per  hour at a point  immediately  before  the
 sewage was fed  to the aeration  tank.  Grab  samples of the effluent
 from  the secondary  sedimentation  tank were  collected daily,  filtered
 through the Whatman #4  filter paper and  analyzed for COD and BOD5 concen-
 trations.   A second effluent portion was filtered through a  0.45 ym
 Millipore  membrane  and  composited for three  or four  days and used for
 analysis of PO~3-P  and  k,-N.  The excess activated sludge, wasted from
              "         J
 the third  compartment of  the aeration tank, was  collected daily weighed
 and used to  calculate  the sludge age.

 Batch  settling tests were conducted using the activated sludge collected
 from the third compartment to determine  the  interface subsidence velocities
 at varying  initial sludge concentrations.  The settling tests were con-
ducted at  room temperature (24°C), using a one-liter graduated cylinder
equipped with a stirrer operated at  1 rpm.  The slope of the  linear
portion of  the settling curve was used as the interface subsiding
velocity,  at a given initial  sludge concentration
                                    204

-------
Both the test and control activated sludge unit were initially operated
at a food-to-micro organism (F/M) ratio of 0.3 kg BODg removed/kg MLVSS-day,
while the volume of leachate added was gradually increased from 0.5% to 1%,
2%, 3% and 4%.  In order to maintain both a constant F/M ratio and a
constant MLVSS concentration, the hydraulic detention time of the test
unit was gradually increased.  In the second phase of the study the volume
percentage of added leachate was kept constant at 2% while the F/M ratio
was increased from 0.3 to 0.6 and 1.0, respectively.  The anaerobic
digesters were operated in a semi continuous process with a theoretical
detention time of fifteen days which was maintained by withdrawal of
1 liter of digester content and addition of one liter of fresh sludge
the solids of which consisted of approximately 50% primary sludge and 50%
activated sludge from the 0.3 F/M leachate unit.  The primary sludge was
collected from the Sanitary District of Urbana.
                                    205

-------
                         RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

 Sewage Analysis^
 During the year- long  study  which started  on  September  1973, a  total of
 74  composite  sewage samples were analyzed  for  their  BOD5, COD, P and N
 concentrations.  The  distribution of the  analytical  results for the BODc
 is  shown  in Figure 71 which indicates  that the  highest frequency was
 observed  in the range of 80 to  100  mg/1 ;  the maximum was 464 mg/1 , the
 minimum 40 mg/1 and the average  214 mg/1.  As  sewage strength  showed
 day to day variation, while the  activated  sludge concentration and waste
 was maintained constant, the loading of the unit also experienced some
 daily variation.  However,  when  averaged over a longer period of time
 the average F/M ratio was indeed  0.3 mg BOD5/mg MLVSS-day.

 Hydraulic Flow  Regimen of the Aeration Unit
 Tracer studies using methylene blue were performed to characterize the
 actual flow pattern in the aeration tank while aeration was supplied
 for mixing.    Figure 72 shows the normalized concentration of
 tracer versus time in  each of the three completely-mixed compartments
 connected in series through the weirs.  Results of experimentally-
determined concentration versus time were compared wiht the theoretical
values,  as shown by the dotted  lines in Figure 72.   The theoretical
values were  calculated based on the equation  given below:

                          (n
     Cn = Concentration  of tracer in chamber n at time t (mg/1)
     CQ = Initial  concentration  of tracer at time zero in chamber 1
          (mg/1)
     Q   = Flow rate  through the  system  (ml/min)
     V   = Volume of  the  tank (ml)
                                  206

-------
                  Ill-
ro
o
                   0
4O
120     160     200


 Sewage BOD5, mq/X.
240
280
320
                 Figure 71.  The distribution of BOD5 concentration in  the daily composite
                                           sewage samples

-------
ro
o
CO
           O
 1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

O.4

0.3

0.2

O.I
                                                             C/C0 1st   Chamber  (Observed)
                                                             C/C0 2nd   Chamber  (Observed)
                                                        -o-  C/C0 3rd   Chamber  (Observed)
                                                        	C/C0 Theoretical For The
                                                                  Corresponding Chamber
                                                        Hydraulic Detention Time, V0/Q=80 Minutes
                                 1st Chamber
                                                                   3rd Chamber
                                      100
                                          200
                                   Time, Minutes
300
400
                          Figure  72.   The flow pattern of the designed aeration tank

-------
 The  results  indicate that the initial wash-out of the first compartment is
 less rapid than  theoretically predicted, indicating some incompletely mixed
 corners  in the unit.  The maximum concentration in the second compartment
 was  about 30% higher while that in the third compartment was 55% higher
 than predicted from theoretical considerations, indicating partial plug-
 flow conditions.  However the time preiod that the maxima in each of the
 C/CQ curves  occurred agreed with that predicted from theoretical
 considerations.  The hydraulic flow regime is greatly affected by the
 degree of mixing of theunit, which in turn depends on the amount of
 aeration applied to each of the aeration chambers.

 During the operation of the activated sludge unit an airflow rate of
 0.5  liter of air per liter of aeration tank volume per minute was supplied
 to keep the  solids in suspension and maintain aerobic condition.  A com-
 parison of the air supplied to the laboratory activated-sludge pilot plant
 with  that supplied to actual sewage treatment plants (Table 18) shows
 that  the former amount appeared sixteen times too high.  However, the air
 supplied in the lab pilot plant was often limited by the mixing condition
 of the liquid.  In an actual sewage treatment plant, a minimum airflow
 of approximately 280 1/rnin per meter length of the aeration tank is
 required for adequate mixing and to avoid deposition of solids.  The
 airflow rate in the laboratory plant was only 93 1/min per meter length
 of the aeration tank.   The width of the laboratory unit, however, is
 many  times smaller than that of an actual  activated-sludge plant.

 Evaluation of Leachate Additions to the Activated  Sludge Unit
 Immediately after introduction of the leachate at  0.5% of the sewage
 flow  into the test unit on August 31, 1973,  the effluent characteristics
 showed some deterioration as compared to the control  unit (Figure 73).
The average COD and BOD of the test unit were 28 mg/1  and 4.3 mg/1,
respectively while they were 16 mg/1  and 3.1  mg/1  for the control unit,
respectively.  However,  toward the end of the 0.5% leachate addition
both the effluent BOD  and COD values  tended  to converge, while the BOD
in the effluent of the test unit decreased  to 2 mg/1.
                                    209

-------
                                                     Table  18
ro
o
                  The Amount of Air  Supplied  to  the Laboratory Activated Sludge  Units  as  Compared
                              with that  Supplied to Actual  Sewage Treatment Plants
Compartment
First
Second
Third
Air Flow Rate
1/min 1/1 -min
11.8
9.4
9.4
0.59
0.47
0.47
Dissolved Oxygen
Concentration,
(mg/1)
Test Unit Control Unit
1.0
3.0
5.0
1.2
4.0
6.0
Ratio of Air
to BOD5*
m3/kg BOD5

average
201.5

Required in the
Sewage Treatment
Riant**
nr/kg DOD5

12.8

             Leachate/sewage = 2.0%; F/M = 0.3 mg BOD/mg MLVSS-day
            **
              The Ten States Standard

-------
s
?
       ?
       o
       §
       a
       o
       o

       Q)
       UJ
           400
           300-
    200 —
                                 COD of the
                                 Influent Sewage
                                         BOD of the
                                         Influent Sewage
         Effluent COD of
         the Test Unit
        _Receiving Q5%
         Leachate
                                              Effluent COD of
                                              the Control Unit
                                     Effluent BOD
                                   \  of the Test
                                     Unit
               Effluent BOD o1
               ihe .Control Unit
                Sept. 2
                       Sept. 9
Sept. 16
Sept. 20
Figure 73.  Influent and effluent COD and  BOD  concentrations of the
  test and control unit receiving 0.5 percent  by  volume  of leachate
                                211

-------
 After approximately one week of steady operation at a leachate addition
 of 0.5% the amount added to the test unit was increased to 1% leachate
 by volume on September 21, 1973.  The sludge in the test unit started to
 bulk on September 28, and the leachate addition was therefore reduced
 back to 0.5%.  Recovery to normal operation was obtained after one
 additional week of operation.   The second increase in leachate addition
 from 0.5% to 1% was successful  and no abnormal  deter-
 ioration of effluent quality was observed (Figure 74).   When the amount
 of leachate added was increased from 1% to 2% and from 2% to 3% no
 further deterioration was noted (Figure 75 and 76).   However when 4%
 of leachate was added a substantial  increase in effluent BOD concentra-
 tion was noted (Figure 77).   At this level  of leachate  addition the sludge
 started to bulk excessively.

 The impaired effluent quality and  sludge  bulking of  the  activated-sludge
 unit receiving leachate may  have been due to phoshpate  limitations.   As
 a  result of the leachate addition  the soluble phosphate  concentration
 decreased  significantly from 4  mg/1  to  1  mg/1  at 0.5% addition and to
 0.4 mg/1  at the 1%  addition  (Figure  78).  At the 4%  addition  the  effluent
 concentration  decreased  to as low  as  0.03 mg/1.   Although  the influent
 BOD/P  ratio only  increased from  22 to 50  after  the 0.5%  leachate  addition,
 the relative large  decrease of  effluent P concentration  at  this addition
 is  most  likely  due  to  the presence of 2200 mg/1  Fe in the  leachate to
 form precipitates with  the phosphorus  in  the  municipal sewage.  The
 gradual change  of the  color of the sludge from dark  gray to brown  would
 also indicate the occurrence of  such  a process.   When the effluent BOD
 values at  the 4% addition started  to  increase, the BOD/P ratio had
 increased  to as much as 200; a ratio  often recommended for sustained
 bacterial  growth is 100.

A summary of the effluent BOD and  COD concentrations at the different
leachate additions is presented in Figure 79.  A comparison of the test
and the control unit shows that increasing leachate additions do not
greatly affect effluent BOD values except at the 4% addition.  The COD
                                   212

-------
o>

E

cf
O
CD
*-

Q)
3
UJ
     280


     240
     160
I*  200

cf
o
CD


-------
            o>
            E
            cT
            o
            OQ
            o>
            o>
            o
            0)
            CO
            o»
            E
            Cf
            O
            CD
            c
            0)
            LJ
300
280
240
200
160
120
 80
 40
   0
  10
   8
   6
   4
   2
jjjj*0.3 day'1
                                    Leachate
                                            = 2%
                         34567
                           November, 1973
                              8   9
Figure 75.  The  Effect of 2% Leachate Addition  on Effluent Quality
                of the Activated-Sludge Process
                             214

-------
             280
         o»
         E

        Q"
        o
        CD

        o
        o>

        i
        V
240




200




 160




 120




 80




 40



  0
         o>

         E

        Q"
        O
        ffl
        0)

        3
        UJ
   8




   6



   4




   2
_T7=0.3day-'
Leochate

Sewage
                                              = 3%
                                      Control Unit
                 13    14    15    16   17    18    19   20


                           November, 1973




Figure 76.   The Effect of 3% Leachate Addition on Effluent  Quality

                of the Activated-Sludge Process
                            215

-------
           0>
           £

           cf
           O
           CO

           0)
           o>
           O
           J
           0)
           CO
           o>
           e
           cf
           O
           ffl
           Q)
          UJ
200


160


120


 80


 40


   0
                  >7  28 29  30

                     November
                         234

                      December
Figure 77.  The Effect of 4% Leachate Addition on Effluent Quality
               of the Activated-Sludge Process
                            216

-------
           0»

          1    8
6


4


2


0
           c
           Q)
          u
 /-

/
Kj-N
                                                      >
                           I        2        3       .4

                      Leachate / Sewage % (Volume)
Figure 78.  The Effect of Leachate Additions on the Concentration
      of P04-3-P and N(Kj) in the Effluent of the Best Unit
                             217

-------
 however, shows a gradual increase from 30 mg/1 to 71 mg/1 at the highest
 leachate addition.  The yellow color of the effluent of the test unit
 showed an increase parallel to the COD values.

 The second phase of the study was used to evaluate the effect of increasing
 loadings on the effluent characteristics while maintaining a leachate
 addition of 2%.  The results showed that the BOD of the test unit was con-
 sistantly higher than that of the control  unit at a F/M ratio of 0.6
 (Figure 80) and 1.0 (Figure 81).   At the highest loading the effluent BOD
 of the test unit reached a concentration of as high as 10 mg/1,  indicating
 that with leachate additions the  activated sludge unit is preferrably
 operated at low F/M ratio's.

 The sludge settling characteristics  show that the addition of 0.5%
 leachate resulted in a  decreased  settling  rate of the  sludge interface;
 increasing the leachate addition  at  the  same loading,  however, did not
 further deteriorate the settling  characteristics  (Figure 82).  A conclu-
 sion parallel  to the above  one was  reached with  regard to the  effluent
 phosphate concentration,  possibly indicating that the  low soluble
 phosphate concentrations  in the unit  interfere with  the  floe formation
 of the activated sludge.  The impairment of the  sludge settling  was  even
 more noticeable at  the  higher sludge  loading due  to  a  greater  phosphorus
 limitation.

 A  further explanation of  the observed settling behavior  in  the test  unit
 can  be found in  the  differences in effluent  molecular  weight distribution.
 For  that  purpose  a  200  liter amount of effluent was  collected  from both
 units  and  filtered  through  a 0.45  m Millipore membrane whereafter the
 filtrate was concentrated using an AS-197  reverse osmosis membrane.
 The  RO  retenate was  further  fractionated using a  500 MW UF membrane  as
 described by DeWalle and Chian (1974).  While 43% of the  soluble TOC
 of the control  unit was retained with the  500 MW UF membrane, only 35%
was retained in the effluent of the test unit.  When the  500 MW UF
retentate was applied on a Sephadex G-75 column the TOC distribution
showed that the excluded fraction, eluted first, and having a molecular

                                    218

-------
  o
  o
  CD
  c
  0)
   o»
   E

  O
  o
  CD
  c
  
-------
     o»

     E
      M
     o
     o
     CD

     Q>
     O»
     O
     o»
     E

    d"
    O
    ffl

     c
     Q>
    UJ
200


160


120


 80


 40


  0
               Leachote

               Sewage
               = 2%      TT =
F_

M
                                     -I
                 Control Unit-

                j	  i    i    i
            15   16   17   18   19 20  21   22  23  24

                       January, 1974
Figure 80.   Effluent Quality During 2% Leachate Addition
                 at the 0.6 F/M Ratio
                        220

-------
      240




      200




  |   160

  Q"

  2   120
   o>
   Q)
80




40



 0
  o»
  e
  Q"
  o
  m
  c
  
-------
I
>
100
80

60

40
 20
 10
  8
 6
                  I    I
                                       0.3
                                       0.3
                                       0.3
                                       0.3
                                       0.6
                                                   Leachate
                                                   Sewage
0%
0.5%
1.0%
3.0%
2.0%
                                                      D

                                                      X
                                                      v
                                                I    I   I  I  I
  0.1      0.2       0.4  0.6 0.8 10       2.0
                   Sludge Concentration %
                                                      4.0   6.0 8.0 10
Figure 82.  The Effect of  Leachate  Addition on the Sludge
                Settling Characteristics
                             222

-------
weight greater than 30,000, was of equal size in both the effluent of
the test and control unit.  The low molecular weight fraction eluted
last from the Sephadex, however, was smaller in the effluent of the
test unit.  Considerable differences were further noted for the relative
composition of the different molecular weight fraction.  The result of
the aromatic hydroxyl-carbonyl- and carboxyl group analysis are generally
comparable.  However, noticeable differences were observed for the
results of the carbohydrate analysis (Figures 83 and 84).  While approx-
imately 28% of the high molecular weight fraction in the control unit
consisted of carbohydrates, only 21% of the organics in the high molecular
weight fraction of the test unit consisted of carbohydrates.  While the
low molecular weight fraction of the organics in the control unit did
not contain much carbohydrates, much larger concentrations were noted
in the similar fraction of the test unit.  Since the carbohydrates in the
high molecular weight fraction tend to affect the sludge flocculation,
the lower content in the high molecular weight organics of the test unit
may be responsible for the decreased sludge settling rates resulting
from smaller sludge floes (DeWalle and Chian, 1974b).  The low molecular
weight fraction retained with the 500 MW UF membrane and included in
the Sephadex 6-75 generally shows the highest adsorptive capacities as
compared to other molecular weight fractions.  The higher carbohydrate
content in the low molecular weight fraction of the test unit could
therefore result in a lower adsorptive capacity in an activated carbon
column.

The last phase of the activated sludge study therefore evaluated the
adsorptive behavior of the soluble organic matter in the effluent of
both units.  The effluent was therefore filtered through a 0.45 urn
Mi Hi pore membrane and passed through a 30 cm long carbon column at a
superficial flow velocity of 10 cm/min (2.5 gpm/ft2) to give an empty
bed detention time of 3 minutes.   The results in Figure 85 clearly show
that at the low F/M loading the organics in the control unit adsorb
better than those of the test unit, which may be due to the differences
                                   223

-------
ro
ro
                 56
                 48
0>  40
M
O
u
J3

O


<  ^

M
J>


2  24
•o
>.
              5  l6
     r   60
                   -   52
                   — 5 20


                   _<§
                   —   12
                   —    4
                   —    0
                         —  300
                         —   260 —
                         —  20
                         —   0
                                                           Elution Volume,  ml
           Figure 83.  Elution  Profile of the 500 MW  UF  Retentate of the Control Unit on a G-75 Sephadex
                          Column  as Characterized by  TOC,  Carbohydrates and Carbonyl  Groups

-------
ro
en
                     ISO
                  .2 100
                  O  50
                       -   90
                       •—   8O
                       —   70
                       —  . 60 —.
                       _ O
—-S so
  u

->
  <

  s*

  030


  5

—  20
                       —   10
                       —    0
                                                                                IOO
                                                             Elution Volume, mi
         Figure 84.   Elution Profile of the  500 MW UF  Retentate of the Test Unit Receiving 0.5% Leachate

              on a G-75 Sephadex Column as Characterized  by TOC, Carbohydrates and Carbonyl  Groups

-------
 in  both  the  molecular  weight  distribution  and  the  composition  of each
 molecular  weight  fraction.  When  the  F/M ratio was increased to 50%  for
 both  units.   Fractionation  of the low molecular weight organics that are
 retained by  the RO membrane but permeate the 500 MW UF membrane showed
 that  their magnitude increased in the effluent of  both units.  Further-
 more  the percentage retained  with the RO membrane  also decreased at  the
 higher loading  (Chian  et^ aj_.,  1977).  At high  loadings bacteria excrete
 more  low molecular weight organics which generally have a  lower adsorptive
 capacity towards  carbon  than  larger organics such  as  fulvic acids.

 Evaluation of Leachate Sludge  Addition  to  the  Anaerobic Digester
 The performance of the anaerobic  digesters receiving  waste sludges from
 both  the test and  the  control-activated sludge units, were monitored
 daily for  gas production.   Figure 86  shows that the daily  gas  production
 rates of the two  anaerobic  digesters.! is approximately equal.   There
 appears  therefore  no deleterious  effect on the performance of  the
 anaerobic  digester receiving  sludge from the test  unit treating the
 combined leachate  and  municipal sewage.

 The characteristics of the  sludges fed  to  the  digesters, and the digested
 sludge are listed  in Table  19.  In spite of the high  concentration of
 iron  found in the  sludge  from  the test  unit, no undesirable effects  were
 observed with regard to  the operation of the unit.   The release of the
 iron  from  the solids to  the supernatant by the anaerobic digestion process
 was negligible and represented only 0.3% of the total iron content.

 It  is important to establish  the  fate of iron  and  phosphate during the
 anaerobic  digestion of sludges.   The  iron  in the waste-activated sludge
 may be present as  either  ferric hydroxide or ferric phosphate  precipitates.
 In  the anaerobic digester,  most of the  iron is  present in  the  reduced
 Fe    form.    The iron concentrations in the supernatant of  the  test and control
digesters were 4.0 mg/1 and 1.6 mg/1  respectively;  these values are
 higher than  predicted  from  the FeCOg  solubility, which in  turn depends on
 the partial  pressure of C02 in the gas phase.   Furthermore, because
                                    226

-------
   1.0
                      Effluent of Activated Sludge
                      Unit Recievirvg Leachate at
                      Low F/M  Load ing ;C0= 44  mg/l COD
       -oS
                              \
                            Effluent of Activated Sludge
                            Unit Recieving Leachate  at
                            High  F/M Loading;C0 = 54.2  mg/l COD
                                             I
    1.0
                         5,0                100
                                Number of Bedvolumes
-j- 0.5
co
            Effluent  of Activated Sludge
            Unit af High F/M Loading;
            C0=22.9 mg/l COD
                                 Effluent of Activated Sludge
                                 Unit at High F/M  Loading;
                                 C0=21.3 mg/l COS
Effluent of Activated
                                           Effluent of Activated
                                           Sludge Unit at  low
                                 n.g/. COO
                                                                   COD
                         50                 100
                                Number of  Bedvolumes

   Figure 85.  Adsorptive Character of  the  Soluble  Organic  Matter in  the
            Effluent of the Test and the Control  Unit Both Operated
                        at F/M ratios of  0.3  and 0.6
                                      227

-------
ro
ro
C»
                O
               Q
(A
a
O
                                                                        Tank A (50°70 Primary Sludge

                                                                               +50°70 Activated Sludge)

                                                                        TankB (50% Primary Sludge

                                                                               +50% Activated Sludge

                                                                               From Leachate Treat-

                                                                               ment Unit)
                                I    I    I    I
                       19 21  23 25  27  29

                          June, 1974
                                                         13  15   17  19  21   23 25 27

                                                     July, 1974
                Figure 86.  Daily Gas  Production from the Control- and  Test Anaerobic Digester
                                         Treating Waste-Activated Sludge

-------
                              Table 19
             Anaerobic Digestion of the Waste-Activated
                 Sludge from the Leachate Treatment

PH
Total Solid (%)
Volatile Solid (%)
Ratio VS/TS
VS Reduction (5)
Total Fe mg/1
Total P mg/1
Gas production, I/kg
VS Reduction
Feed
Control
Unit
7.0
2.54
1.85
0.728
46
480
290
288

Sludge
Test
Unit
7.0
3.10
2.10
0.677
42
1.360
282
278

Digested
Control
Unit
6.9
1.72
1.00


1.6*
14.13*


Sludge
Test
Unit
7.0
2.19
1.21


*
4.0
12.25*


Concentrations in the supernatant
                                229

-------
different  levels of soluble iron were present in these two units, it is
believed that the solubility of the ferrous carbonate is not the limiting
factor for the solubilization of iron in the digester.

The ferrous iron may also react with sulfide or phosphate to form the
relatively insoluble ferrous sulfide (K   = 4 x 10   ), or vivianite
                             on        SO
(ferrous phosphate, KSQ = 10   ).  However, the amount of sulfide ion
in the anaerobic digester was relatively low due to the low sulfate
concentration in the sewage, as the average concentration of sulfate
is approximately 100 mg/1 as SO^2 or 33 mg/1 as S"2, and the total
phosphorous concentration in the digester is 300 mg/1  only, not enough
is available to precipitate all of the 1,360 mg/1  iron present in the
test unit.

The only remaining mechanism that could explain the retention of iron
in the suspended solids of the digested sludge is an adsorption process
in which the iron hydroxides adsorb onto .the sludge particles.  This
possibility is supported by the result of the analysis shown in Table 19,
as a higher concentration of ferrous ion in the supernatant, corresponds
to a larger amount of iron adsorbed onto the sludge.  This agrees with
general equilibrium conditions established between the adsorbate iron
and adsorbent sludge.   The lower soluble total-P observed in the super-
natant of the digested sludge from the test unit corresponds with the
higher concentration of iron on the supernatant.   This correlation  was
also noted  by Singer (1972).
                                   230

-------
                              REFERENCES


Albertsson, J. G., et a_l_.   "Investigation of the Use of High Purity
     Oxygen Aeration in the Conventional Activated Sludge Process,"
     Water Pollution Control Research Series 17050 DNW o5/70, 1970.

Andersen, D. R. et al_.  "Pharmaceutical Wastewater:  Characteristics and
     Treatment,"  Water and  Sewage Works, 118,  IW/2 (1971).

Boyle, W. C. and  Ham, R. K.  "Biological Treatability of Landfill Leachate,"
     Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 46, 860 (1974).

Brosig, A. et al_.  "Activated Sludge Joint Treatment of Pulp and Paper
     Effluent with Municipal Sewage," Tappi, 54, ]86 (1971).

Chian, E. S. K. and DeWalle, F. B.  "Sanitary  Landfill Leachates and their
     Treatment,"  Jour. Environ. Engr. Div. ASCE. 102, 411 (1976).

Chian, E. S. K.,  Chang, Y., DeWalle, F. B. and Rose, W.  "Combined
     Treatment of an Organic Chemical Wastewater by Activated Sludge
     Followed by  Activated Carbon," Proceedings 30th Annual Purdue
     Industrial Waste Conference, 966-572 (1976).

Chian, E. S. K.,  Cheng, S. S., DeWalle, F. B. and Kuo, P. P. K.  "Removal
     of Organics  in Sewage and Secondary Effluent by Reverse Osmosis,"
     Progr. Water Technology. 9^ 761 (1977).

City of Dallas, Oregon  "Combined Treatment of Domestic and Industrial
     Waste by Activated Sludge," U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Water Pollution Control Research Series, 12130 EZR, May (1971).

Clingenpeel, W. H. and Jones, M. K.  "Design for Joint Treatment of
     Municipal and Paper Mill Waste at Lynchbury Virginia," Water and
     Sewage Works. 121, 4, R12 (1974).                      	

DeWalle, F. B. and Chian, E. S. K.  "Removal  of Organic Matter by Activated
     Carbon Columns," Jour. Environ. Engr. Division ASCE. 100, 1089 (1974).

DeWalle, F. B. and Chian, E. S. K.  "The Kineti-s of Formation of Humic
     Substances in Activated Sludge Systems and their Effects on Floc-
     culation," Biotechnology and Bioengineerinq. 1_4, 739 (1974b)

Eidsness, F. A. et a\_.   "Biological Treatment of Citrus Processing
     Wastewaters," Proceedings 2nd National  Symposium Food Processing
     Wastes, p. 271  (1971).                                         y

El-Gohary, F.  A.   "Biological Aspects of Waste and Sewage Combined
     Treatment Via Complete Mixed Activated Sludge," Water Research,
     i, 103 (1971).                                   	
                                    231

-------
Hashimoto, S. ejt al_.  "Chemical Flocculation Treatment and Activated
     Sludge Treatment of Dying Industry Wastewater and Combined Sewage,"
     Mizu Shori Gijutsu. 1_3, 1 (1972).

Longdon, D.  "Purification of Wastes from a German Yeast Plant," Proceedings
     24 Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University Extension Series,
     135. 770 (1969).

Malhotra, S. K., Parrillo, T. P.  and Hartenstein, A. G.  "Anaerobic
     Digestion of Sludge Containing Iron Phosphates," Journal of the
     Sanitary Engineering Division, ASCE, No. SA5, October 1971, pp.
     629-645.

Metcalf & Eddy, Inc.  "Wastewater Engineering, Collection, Treatment and
     Disposal,"  McGrawHill, New York (1972).

Morgan, W. E. and Fruh, E. G.  "Metabolic Mechanisms Not Causes of
     Activated Sludge High P Removals," paper presented at the 46th
     Annual Water Pollution Control Federation Conference (1973).

Niles, C. F. and Etzel, J. E.  "The Lafayette Story," Jour. Water Pollut.
     Control Federation. 43, 623 (1971).

Poon, C. P. C.   "Biodegradability and Treatability of Combined Nylon and
     Municipal  Wastes," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation. 42_,
     100 (1970).

Singer, P. C.  "Anaerobic Control of Phosphate by Ferrous Iron," Journal
     Water Pollution Control Federation.  Vol. 44, No. 4, April (1972).

Thomas, E. A.  "Phosphate Removal  by Recirculating Iron Sludge," Journal
     Water Pollution Control Federation,  Vol. 44, No. 2, February (1972).

Vockel, K. G. ejt al_.  "Joint Treatment of Municipal  and Pulping Effluents,"
     Jour. Water Pollution Control  Federation. 4£, 634 (1974).
                                    232

-------
                                  VI
               ESTIMATED COSTS FOR LEACHATE TREATMENT


                             CONCLUSIONS

It was found that aerated lagoons provide the least expensive method of
treating leachates having comparatively low BOD5 values  (e.g., 5,000 mg/1)
and relatively high flow rates (e.g., 20 gal/min).   As the BOD5 level  of
the leachate increases at the same high flow rate,  the treatment cost
using anaerobic filters becomes increasingly attractive,  and at a BODc
value of 25,000 mg/1  it equals that of the aerated  lagoon process if credit
for the methane gas produced is deducted.  Taking into consideration the
treatment level and thus the effluent quality, the  combined treatment of
leachate and domestic wastewater using the activated sludge process
becomes most desirable because of the high dilution factor, especially
when the leachate BOD5 levels .are low and the flow  rates  are high.

In minimizing the impact of the treated leachate on the  environment, the
treatment of leachate using aerated lagoons and physical-chemical treatment
processes (such as a combination of slow sand filtration, activated  carbon
adsorption, and reverse osmosis) is most effective, although such treatment
would cost somewhat more than combined treatment of leachate and domestic
wastewater with activated sludge at high leachate flow rates and low BODg
levels.  The difference in treatment costs between  the two approaches
narrows, however, as the leachate flow rates decrease and the BOD5 levels
increase.
                                    233

-------
                              INTRODUCTION

 The cost estimates presented  in  this  section  are  intended  to aid solid waste
 management planners,  decision makers,  and  design  engineers  in  selecting
 alternative on- and off-site  leachate  treatment methods to  achieve a
 designated level  of treatment for leachates of various strengths and flow
 rates.

 The leachate flow rates  and BOD,,  levels examined  in this study were 2 and
 20 gal/mint and 5,000 and 25,000  mg/1, respectively.  These values were
 selected so that  a broad range of leachates produced by various landfill
 sites could be  considered.  In view of the high BODg levels and the objective
 of low  treatment  cost, biological  processes were  selected for  first-stage
 treatment.   The costs of physical-chemical treatment processes were
 estimated  only  for cases where such processes would be used to treat the
 effluents  from  aerated lagoons and anaerobic filters.

 The  cost comparison is based upon the results of  this study on leachate
 treatment,  on the  assumption set  forth in this chapter, and on the average
 estimating  data from two recent EPA reports (Black and Veatch, 1971;
 Bechtel, 1975).  All costs were then updated to August 1977 according to
 the  Water Quality  Office Wastewater Treatment Plant Index (Engineering
 News Record. January 1971, January 1975, August 1977).

 The  user must recognize certain limitations in using the cost estimates
 presented.  Estimates  based upon treatment data obtained from the laboratory
 studies and upon average cost  estimating data should be considered only of
 sufficient accuracy for use in reaching broad, general  conclusions.   When
used with sound judgment by knowledgeable persons, the data can be useful
 in selecting appropriate treatment processes  for a specific leachate based
upon known levels of contamination and flow rates.

 1 gallon = 3.79 litre
                                    234

-------
It should also be realized that the cost estimates presented in this
section must be revised and updated periodically since waste treatment
costs are continually changing and since new and improved waste treatment
techniques and methodologies are rapidly emerging.
                                   235

-------
                        METHODS AND PROCEDURES

Activated Sludge
The cost estimates for the combined treatment of leachate and municipal
wastewater were based on the addition of leachate at a level of 1  percent
by volume to the sewage when the nominal daily flow rate of the leachate
is 30,000 gallons (20 gpm).  The proportion of leachate added was  reduced
to 0.1 percent by volume when its flow rate decreased to 3,000 gallons
per day (2 gpm).  If the leachate represents 1 percent of the flow into
the municipal treatment plant, the overall flow rate of the plant  must
be 3 MGD.

The BOD5 level of the municipal sewage introduced into the activated sludge
system from the primary sedimentation basin is typically 140 mg/1.  When
1 percent of leachate having a BOD5 of 25,000 mg/1  is added, the BOD5 of
the combined wastewater becomes 390 mg/1 (140 + 1% of 25,000), corresponding
to a 279 percent increase in sewage strength.  To maintain the same
effluent quality, the municipal treatment plant should therefor have the
capacity to treat the equivalent of 8.4 MGD of sewage having a BODg of
140 mg/1.  Also, a 280 percent decrease in sludge settling rate was also
observed in this laboratory when leachate was added at 1 percent.   Again,
to counteract this effect the municipal treatment plant facilities should
be expanded to the equivalent of 8.4 MGD to maintain the same effluent
quality.  The increase in treatment cost resulting from the need for larger
aeration and sedimentation basins, a greater air supply, larger anaerobic
digesters,  and increased-sludge disposal is attributable to treating the
specific leachate under study.   The additional costs of transporting
the leachate through pipelines and by trucking were also considered.

The calculations of the aeration basin volume requirements were based upon
an F/M ratio of 0.3 day"1 and a MLVSS of 2,000 mg/1.  A yield of 0.65 g
VSS/g BOD5 was used for sewage and 0.80 g VSS/g BOD5 for leachate.  A
factor of 0.8 was used to convert MLSS to VSS.
                                     236

-------
Cost figures based upon the total  costs  of treating 1000 gallons  of sewage
influent having a BOD5 of 140 mg/1  and at a specific plant capacity as
given by Bechtel (1975) were used  to arrive at the costs for conventional
activated sludge treatment, anaerobic digesters,  and sludge drying.   A
factor of 1.25 was then used to update the costs  to August 1977 based on
the average cost indexes given by  Engineering News Record (McGraw Hill)
between January 1975 and August 1977.  The costs  of transporting  leachate  by
pipeline were calculated assuming  the use of 3-in.-diameter, schedule-40
PVC pipe for a distance of 15 miles at an available pumping head  of
75 psig.  Data given in Costs of Process Equipment (Chemical Engineering,
March>1964) were used to estimate  the costs of installed cross-country
pipeline.  A factor of 2.71 was used to update these costs to August 1977.
For smaller quantities of leachate, a trucking cost of 7.5^/100 Ib of
liquid for a distance of 30 miles  round trip was  used.

Aerated Lagoon
The design criteria for an aerated lagoon to treat leachate were  as follows:

          BODg removal             99%
          Mean Cell Residence      90 days (BOD = 25,000 mg/1)
               Time                30 days (BOD = 5,000 mg/1)
          MLVSS                    8000 mg/1 (BOD = 25,000 mg/1)
                                   6000 mg/1 (BOD = 5,000 mg/1
          Y                        0.8 g VSS/g BOD
          kd                       0.025 day"1
          Aerator                  2 Ib 02/hp-hr  under field conditions
          BOD5:P                   150:1
          BOD5:N                   20:1
          Sludge Production        g VSS/0.8
                                             o
          Sedimentation Basin      400 gpd/ft

Design equations given in Wastewater Engineering  (Metcalf & Eddy, 1972)
were used to determine variables such as the volume of the aeration basins
and the oxygen requirements.
                                     237

-------
 The capital  (including engineering  costs),  operation,  and  maintenance
                                         y
 costs were estimated from the Black and  Jteatch  report  (1971).  The  installed
 costs of the basins  were increased  15% to cover the  piping costs.   A factor
 of 1.78 was  used to  update the costs  to  August  1977  based  on the average
 cost indexes given in Engineering News Record  (McGraw  Hill) between
 January 1971 and August 1977.   The  costs of ammonia  and phosphoric  acid
 were taken from the  August 1977 issue of Chemical Marketing Reporter
 (Schnell  Publishing  Co.)   Costs of  $120/ton for ammonia and $3.20/100 Ib
 for agricultural-grade phosphoric acid (52-54%  available phosphoric acid)
 were used.   The land cost was  estimated  at  $5,000/acre.  For electrical
 energy, a cost  of 3  cents/KWH  was used.   An average  pay rate of $10.00
 per man-hour, including overhead costs,  was used  in  estimating operating
 and maintenance costs.   Capital  equipment was depreciated  on a straight-
 line basis over a period  of 10 years  for moving equipment  and 20 years for
 fixed installations.   Interest charges were computed at the rate of 4
 percent of the  initial  capital  investment over  the entire  period.

Anaerobic Filter
The design criteria  used  for estimating  the  costs of treating leachate
with an anaerobic  filter were as follows:
          BOD5  Removal             97%
          Loading                  0.31   Kg  BOD5/M3 day
          Yield,  VSS               0.024  g  VSS/g BODs
          Detention  time           87 days  (leachate BOD = 25,000 mg/1)
                                   16 days  (leachate BOD = 5,000 mg/1)
          Recirculation Ratio      20:1
          Yield, Methane           1.75  liters  (78% CH4)/g TOC

The capital  investment estimate was based on the use of a rubber-lined
steel tank and B.F. Goodrich vinyl  core  packings along with the necessary
ancillary equipment such as pumps and piping.  The costs of the rubber-
lined vessel  and pumps were obtained from equipment cost data  (Chemical
Engineering,  ENR = 400 for materials; Chemical  Engineering, March 16,
1977).  Factors  of 2.75 and 2.71, respectively,  were used to update  the
                                    238

-------
costs to August 1977.  A verbal quote was obtained from B.F. Goodrich Co.
for the vinyl core packings ($2.75/cu ft installed) on August 19, 1977.
The operating costs were computed in the same way as for the aerated
lagoon; the maintenance costs used, however, were 5 percent of the capital
investment on an annual basis.

Slow Sand Filtration
The cost estimates for the slow sand filtration unit were based upon a
single data point:  a unit of comparable capacity installed recently by
Daily and Associates Engineers, Inc. (Champaign, IL 61820).  A rather
conservative flow rate of 8 gal Ions/day-ft2 was used in the design of
the filter.  The operating and maintenance costs were calculated using the
previously described methods of computing costs such as depreciation,
interest, and maintenance.

Activated Carbon
Based upon both the batch isotherm and the column data, the design criteria
for the activated carbon unit were as follows:
          Influent TOC*            200 mg/1 from aerated lagoon (AL)
                                   600 mg/1 from anaerobic filter (AF)
          TOC Removal              75%
          Color Removal            90% measured at 400 nm
          (X/M)Q                   0.15 g TOC/g Carbon (AL)
                                   0.10 g TOC/g Carbon (AF)
          Activated Carbon         Filtrasorb 400
          Contact Time             2 hours
          Pretreatment             Slow sand filter

The capital investment was estimated by extrapolating the cost data provided
by Bechtel  (1975).  After being updated to August 1977, this cost was
$1.0/1000 gal.   The operation and maintenance costs were also obtained from
Bechtel  (1975).   The cost of activated carbon used was $0.65/lb.
*n5VSnlUen/iT°C f11! b! 1/5 of that Wh11e Usin9 leachate having a BOD5
 of 5,000 mg/1 instead of 25,000 mg/1.
                                    239

-------
Reverse Osmosis
The design criteria for the reverse osmosis process were as follows:
          Pretreatment             Slow Sand Filtration, activated carbon
                                   column, and 5 y prefilter
          Product Water Recovery   90%
          IDS Removal              95%
          TOC Removal              80%
          Module                   DuPont Hollow Fiber
          Pressure                 600 psig

The cost estimates for reverse osmosis using DuPont's B-10 modules were based
upon average cost data obtained from the manufacturers as of August 1977.
Average costs of $1.67/galIon/day (gpd) and $3.33/gpd were used for the
30,000 gpd and 3,000 gpd plants, respectively.  The power requirements are
20 hp for a 30,000 gpd unit and 2 hp for a 3,000 gpd unit.  Unlike activated
carbon treatment processes, operating costs for reverse osmosis treatment
are relatively insensitive  to the levels of contaminants in the feed.   The
depreciation costs are based on 10-year life for the mechanical parts  and
a 3-year life for the membrane modules.  Other costs for operation and
maintenance are similar to  those used in the previous calculations.
                                     240

-------
                        RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

 Using  the  procedures outlined in the previous section, cost estimates were
 obtained for treating leachates at two BODs levels and flow rates.  The
 results are presented in Table 20.  To estimate the cost of treating combined
 leachate and activated sludge, fixed costs of $2/1000 gal and $6/1000 gal
 of  leachate were added for transporting leachate at flow rates of 20 gpm
 (30,000 gpd) and 2 gpm (3,000 gpd), respectively.  The $2/1000 gal value is
 for transporting leachate by pipeline, while the $6/1000 gal figure is for
 hauling it by trucks within a radius of 15 miles (i.e., 30 miles round trip).
 To  transport leachate at a flow rate of 2 gpm by pipeline would cost around
 $15/1000 gal even if the pipeline is depreciated over a 20-year period.   It
 should be realized that the use of a 20-year period to depreciate fixed
 installations may not be realistic, since the strength of the leachate
 produced would be reduced greatly over such a period.

 It  can be seen from Table 20 that the aerated lagoon provides the least
 expensive method of treating leachate having a comparatively low BODs value
 (e.g., 5,000 mg/1) and relatively high flow rate (e.g., 20 gpm).  At a
 20  gpm flow rate, as the BOD5 level of the leachate increases the treatment
 cost using anaerobic filters becomes increasingly attractive, and at a
 BOD5 value of 25,000 mg/1  it equals that of the aerated lagoon process if
 credit for the methane gas produced (e.g., at $1.50/1000 cu ft) is deducted.
 Taking into consideration the treatment level  and thus the effluent quality,
 the combined treatment of leachate using the activated sludge process becomes
most desirable because of the high dilution factor, especially when the
 leachate BOD5 levels are low and the flow rates are high.

 It should  be noted that at high  leachate BOD5 levels (i.e., 25;000 mg/1)  and
at both flow rates under study the costs of complete leachate treatment  using
aerated lagoons  and physical-chemical  processes (such as a combination of slow
sand filtration,  activated carbon adsorption,  and reverse osmosis) are compar-
able to those for combined treatment of leachate and domestic wastewater by
                                     241

-------
                              TABLE 20

         A SUMMARY OF COST ESTIMATES FOR LEACHATE TREATMENT
Typical
Leachate Effluent COD
(gal/min)* (mg/1)
Influent BOD > mg/1
Activated Sludge (AS)
(Combined treatment)
Aerated Lagoon (AL)

Anaerobic Filter (AF)

AL-Sand Filter (SF)
-Activated Carbon (AC)
AL-SF-AC-Reverse
Osmosis (R0)#
AF-SF-AC

AF-SF-AC-RO#


20
2
20
2
20
2
20
2
20
2
20
2
20
2
25,000
30
30
500
500
1500
1500
125
125
25
25
375
375
75
75
5,000
30
30
100
100
300
300
25
25
5
5
75
75
15
15
Costs of Treatment
($/1000 gal leachate)*
25,000
23.6
41.4
17.9
31.6
22.1(17.9)t
43 (38.8)
25.7
39.9
27.6
44.6
32.8(28.6)
54.2(50)
34.7(30.4)
58.9(54.3)
5,000
6.0
11.9
4.1
10.0
6.8(5.9)
17.7(16.8)
7.3
13.7
9.2
18.4
10.6(9.7)
22.0(21.1)
12.5(11.5)
26.7(25.4)
*1  gal  = 3.79 litre
tNumbers shown in parenthesis indicate the costs of treatment after deducting
 the credit for methane produced @ $1.50/1000 cu ft.

#After RO treatment the total dissolved solids (IDS) decreased to 300 mg/1
 and 60 mg/1 for influent leachate #00 concentrations of 25,000 mg/1 and
 5,000 mg/1, respectively.         c
                                     242

-------
activated sludge.  The effluent quality  is, however, far better when the
complete treatment scheme discussed above is used.  The COD value of the
effluents from the complete treatment scheme and from the combined treatment
process are 5 and 30 mg/1, respectively, whereas the TDS levels are 300 and
750 mg/1, respectively.  In addition, the color-bearing materials are
removed completely using the complete process.    Therefore, to minimize the
impact of the treated leachate on the environment the complete treatment of
leachate using aerated lagoons and physical-chemical treatment processes
is most desirable.  As leachate BODs levels  decrease, however, the percentage
difference, in treatment costs would be somewhat greater.

Although the information presented in Table  20  can be of particular value
in establishing the effect of changes in leachate flow rates and BOD5
levels on treatment costs, the specific costs presented should be used with
caution.  It should be realized that the circumstances of a particular
situation may alter treatment costs drastically.  For example, if the
leachate were allowed to discharge into a municipal  wastewater treatment
plant having excess capacity, the cost (in terms of the surcharges paid)
could be substantially lower than the estimates presented here.
                                     243

-------
                              REFERENCES

Bechtel, Incorporated, A Guide to the Selection of Cost-Effective  Wastewater
     Treatment Systems, Report No.  PB-244-417,  National  Technical  Information
     Service, U.S. Department of Commerce (July 1975).
Black and Veatch, Consulting Engineers,  Estimating Costs and  Manpower
     Requirements for Conventional  Wastewater Treatment  Facilities,
     Report No. 17090 DAN 10/77, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
     (October 1971).
"Costs of Process Equipment", Chemical  Engineering (March 16, 1964).
Metcalf & Eddy, Inc., Wastewater Engineering:   Collection,  Treatment,
     Disposal.  New York:  McGraw-Hill  (1972).
                                    244

-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
 i. REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/2-77-186b
                                                           3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
 4. TITLE ANDSUBTITLE
  Evaluation of Leachate Treatment
  Volume  II
  Biological  and Physical-Chemical Processes
                                                           5. REPORT DATE
            November  1977  (Issuing Date)
            6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHOR(S)

 Edward  S.  K.  Chian and Foppe B. DeWalle
            8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 Department of Civil  Engineering
 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
 3217  Civil  Engineering Building
 Urbana,  Illinois  61801
            10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

            1DC618; SOS1;  TASK 26
            11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

            68-03-0162
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Municipal  Environmental Research Laboratory—Gin. ,OH
 Office  of  Research and Development
 U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
 Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268
            13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
            Final
            14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE

            EPA/600/14
 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
 Volume  II  of a  two-volume final report.  See  also Volume I. Characterization of
 Leachate,  EPA-600/2-77-186a, NTIS PB-272 855.  P.O.-Dirk Brunner 513/684-7871.
 16. ABSTRACT
 A completely mixed anaerobic filter was found  to  effectively remove organic matter
 concentrations in high-strength solid waste  leachate over a range of organic loadings
 and  shockloads.   Recirculation eliminated  the  need for buffer solutions.  Testing of
 a fixed  film biological reactor model showed that the substrate removal rate is
 primarily affected by substrate concentration,  specific surface area, flow rate, and
 temperature of the unit.  Studies of the biological  aerated lagoon or extended aera-
 tion  process were conducted in six completely  mixed reactors (no recycle) fed with
 undiluted leachate.  Phosphate requirements  of the aerobic biomass were extensively
 evaluated.   .Kinetic constants were calculated  for optimum conditions.  The settling
 and  dewatering characteristics of the sludge from the aerated lagoons were studied.
 The  combined treatment of leachate and municipal  sewage in a conventional plugflow
 activated sludge unit was found to effectively treat high strength leachate.  The
 test  unit was not able to treat the high strength leachate at >_ 4% of the municipal
 sewage flow rate.  Physical-chemical treatment methods are not effective in removing
 large quantities of organics from the leachate and that biological pretreatment  is
 required; these methods were therefore tested  using aerated lagoon effluents.  Ozona-
 tion, activated carbon, anion exchange resins,  and reverse osmosis were studied.
 Treatment costs were estimated for leachate  flows of 7.6 and 76 £/min containing  5000
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
 Waste  disposal
 Refuse disposal
 Waste  Treatment
 Activated  carbon treatment
 Ion exchanging
 Aerobic processes
 Anaerobic  processes
                                             b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
Solid waste
Leachate treatment
Sanitary landfill
                                                                        c. COSATI Field/Group
13B
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMEN1
 RELEASE  UNLIMITED
                                              19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
                                               UNCLASSIFIED
                          21. NO. OF PAGES
                                 265
                                              20. SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)
                                               UNCLASSIFIED
                          22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
                                            245
                                                                    *U.S GOVERNMENT MINTING Of FICE:197«— 757-140/66Z6

-------